ML111540515: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:}}
{{#Wiki_filter:Catawba Nuclear Station JPM-A Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMA Perform Controlled Restart of NV pump IA per APII/AJ5500/021 End. 6 PA(P I flP Ifl
 
_______
________
Catawba Nuclear Station JP1VlA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Complete AP/1/N5500/021 End. 6 (NV Pump IA Controlled Restart)
Alternate Path:    None Facility JPM #:    New Safety Function:    I        Title:      Chemical and Volume Control System KIA          004 A4.08    Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Charging Rating(s):  3.8/3.4      CFR:      41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location:                      Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X      In-Plant                      Perform        X          Simulate
 
==References:==
AP/1/A/5500/021 (Loss of Component Cooling) End. 6 Task Standard:    Applicant manually starts IA NV pump and establishes 32 gpm total sealwater flow with 1 NV-309 in AUTO.
Validation Time:          10    minutes            Time Critical:        Yes          No    X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                      Docket #            Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                /
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                    DATE COMMENTS pArr 9 p in
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. ResettolC#168.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
instructor Action                Final Delay Ramp Delete In Event VLV-KCOOIF KCIA AUX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION                              0 VLV-KCOO3F KC3A RX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION                              0 VLV.-KCOO2F KC2B AUX BLDG NONESS RTN HDRFAILTO POSITION VLV-KCO04F KCI8B RX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION                              I VLV-KCOI2F KC230A TRAIN IA SPLY TO RX BLDG FAIL TO POSITION                            0 VLV-KCOO5F KC5OA TRN A SUP TO AUX BLDG NON FAIL TO POSITION                        0 VLV-KCOIIF KC228B TRAIN lB SPLYTO RX BLDG FAIL TO POSITION VLV-KCOO7F KC53B TRN B SUP TO AUX BLDG NON FAIL TO POSITION MAL-KCOOIA KC PUMP IAI FAILURE                Both MAL-KCOOIB KC PUMP IA2 FAILURE                Both Place red tag sticker on lB NV pump.
PAflP flF In
 
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 4 OF 10 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I is operating at 100% power.
: 2. lB NV pump has been tagged out for seal maintenance.
: 3. APIIIAI5500!021 (Loss of Component Cooling) has been entered.
During performance of API2I both A train KC pumps failed to start. NV pump IA was secured due to increasing bearing temperatures while YD (Drinking Water) was being aligned. YD to NV pump IA lineup is complete per End. 4.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS has directed you to restart NV pump IA and establish proper sealwater flow by completing End. 6 (NV pump IA Controlled Restart) of AP!11A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling).
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading Initiating Cue, provide the applicant with a copy of AP111A15500102I End. 6.
4 flFZ Ifl
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                      -      JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                                    I SAT/UNSAT START TIME:
STEP 1:    1. Manually open I NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) to full        SAT open.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the [M] button on controller for I NV-309, and depresses the increase on the controller to 100 percent to fully open the valve.                                  -
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:    2. Manually close I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Dsch Flow CtrI).              SAT UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the [M] button on controller for I NV-294, and depresses the decrease demand button on the controller toO percent tol fully close the valve.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 10
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              I_SATIUNSAT STEP 3:    3. Start NV pump 1A aux oil pump.                                SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT Applicant starts the IA NV pump aux oil pumpby depressing the red ON pushbutton and determining the red ON light is lit and the green
                      ....:
                                                      .
                                                                ...
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 4. Start NV pump IA.                                                CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT Applicant starts the IA NV pump by depressing the red ON pushbutton and determining the red ON light is lit and the green OFF        UNSAT lightis dark .
Step is critical since it must be performed to establish normal charging system lineup. This is the only NV pump available to be started at this time.
COMMENTS:
STEP 5:    5. Stop NV pump IA aux oil pump.                                SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant stops the IA NV pump aux ofi pump by depressing the green OFF pushbutton and verifying the green OFF light lit and red ON Iigh dark..              . ...  ..*        ..          .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 10
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                  *
                                      -      JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              SATIUNSAT 1 STEP 6: 6. Verify charging header is aligned to NC ioop as follows:        SAT INV-312A (Chrg Line Cont Isol) OPEN
                                                    -                      UNSAT 1NV-314B (Chrg Line Cont Isol)- OPEN Verify one of the following valves OPEN
                                                      -
D 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Isol)
OR LI I NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D Isol).
STANDARD:
Applicant determines valves 1NV-312A and INV-314B red OPEN lights are lit, and green CLSD lights are dark Applicant also determines that INV-32 B red OPEN light is lit, and green CLSD Ugh is dark.
COMMENTS:
STEP 7: 7. Throttle I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl) to establish    CRITICAL greater than 32 GPM NIR CHRG LN FLOW.                    STEP SAT STANDARD:
Applicant increases the valve demand on the controller for I NV-294 to establish greater than 32 gprn on .tbe N/R CHRG LNFLOW meter This step is critical because unless the applicant establishes greater than 32 gpm charging line flow, establishing 32 gpm sealwater flow would not be possible.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 10
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
* JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                          I SATIUNSAT 1 STEP 8: 8. Verify the following:                                            SAT LI TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW          -
GREATER THAN 32 GPM                                          UNSAT LI 1 NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow)    - IN AUTO.
STANDARD:
Applicant determines that TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW is less than 32 gpm and transitions to the RNO.
COMMENTS:
STEP 9: 8 RNO: Perform the following:                                      CRITICAL
: a. Slowly throttle I NV-309 (Seal Water                  STEP Injection Flow) to establish 32 GPM TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW.                                SAT
: b. Place INV-309 in auto.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant deóreases demand on controller for I NV-309 to throttle clósed the valve to increase TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW to 32 gpm.
Once 32 gpm is established then applicant depresses the A pushbutton on the controller for I NV-309 to place it in This step is critical to achieve proper operating results and to meet the JPM standard.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 10
 
F                      F                      F F    Cl)                                            Cl) z                                        F    z C!)  D                  Cl)                        D Cl)
L 0
U)
C        C
                                          .          ci) 0          .      C            0            ci5
                                                                  .
(3                      ci)
CD.          ci)                  a)
                                .
(3 E                        a ci)      0            E            E
                                          .1            0            0 0            C) ci)      Cu        a::
3z      z            C
                                                        >
ci)
(1)
U) ci) 0          a
                                                                  -,
t1O                                      0          C N
z              .4 U-ci)
C          0 0
(15 0  F            >          ci)      U)          ci)
C                              N        Cu                      0        U)
C4  uJ                                            .
ci)
F                        (3      0)          0 C.)            *z -c      .4-.
                                                      .                                                                                    L1 Cu    w            DC          U)
                                          >I 0
                                                                  . 0 (00)        0 (0                              U)          ci)
(9                      c3)          C      0 I
z C-)                              C        U)CtS      0 C
U) 0 Iii U
ci)                    0)
        >                                            ci)          C) ci)                    (3                    U)          C 0                                  ci)
N          00                                            ci) 0                      C
                    .E Z      4-.
C          CU          D            U)
I        0          DO          ci)          C a)        0          C>
a::          I D
I Ocr)      cS C
a)                    C/)                    a)
F            C      F                            Iii W L()
                    .2 Q. z                    2                      z w                  U) w  C*%J              w      I z            U      z                        z 0
w 0
w        <  <            0 a)
F                      F        I-      0      I 0  a)      a)        0  a)        a)      0      U)
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETUR1 TO EXAMtNER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I is operating at 100% power.
: 2. lB NV pump has been tagged out for seal maintenance.
: 3. Unit I experienced a spurious closure of the KC A train non-essential header cross connect valves. AP111A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling) has been entered. During performance of AP/21 both A train KC pumps failed to start. NV pump IA was secured due to increasing bearing temperatures while YD (Drinking Water) was being aligned. YD to NV pump IA lineup is complete per End. 4.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS has directed you to restart NV pump IA and establish proper sealwater flow by completing End. 6 (NV pump IA Controlled Restart) of APII!A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling).
 
CNS                              LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLlN                            -    I. PAQE NO.
AP!N55OIO2t                                      Enclosure 6 Page 1 of 2                              33 of 39
                                                              -
NV Pump IA Controlled Restart                          I  Revision 37 I
I        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I        I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 1.      Manually open I NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) to full open.
: 2.      Manually close I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl).
: 3.      Start NV pump IA aux oil pump.
_4.        StartNVpumplA.
: 5.      Stop NV pump IA aux oil pump.
: 6.      Verify charging header is aligned to NC loop as follows:
: a. 1NV-312A (Chrg Line Cont iso!)    -              a. Manually open valve.
OPEN.
: b. 1NV-314B (Chrg Line Cont Iso!)    -
: b. Manually open valve.
OPEN.
: c. Verify one of the following valves  -            c. Manually open either valve.
OPEN:
          . 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Iso!)
OR
          . 1 NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D iso!).
: 7.      Throttle INV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl) to establish greater than 32 GPM NIR CHRG LN FLOW.
: 8.      Verify the following:                                  Perform the following:
  .        TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW        -
: a. Slowly throttle 1 NV-309 (Seal Water GREATER THAN 32 GPM                                    Injection Flow) to establish 32 GPM TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW.
* 1 NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow)    - IN AUTO.                                              b. Place 1 NV-309 in auto.
 
CNS                            LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING APIIIAI5500IOZ1                                                                            PAQE NO.
Enclosure 6- Page 2 of 2 NV Pump IA Controlled Restart                        Revision 37 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 9. Verify Pzr level GREATER THAN 17%.
                        -
Perform the following:
: a. IF Pzr level is less than 17% due to NC leak, THEN GO TO API1IAI5500/O1O (Reactor Coolant Leak).
: b. Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.
: c. Increase charging flow to restore Pzr level greater than 17%.
: d. Do not continue in this procedure until Pzr level is greater than 17%.
: 10. Control charging to stabilize Pzr level greater than 17%.
: 11. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor.
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMB Transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirc I flP 10
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPM.B Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirc per EP/1/A1500/ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps 15.
Alternate Path:    Yes. INI-184B (ND pump lB Cont Sump Suct) is closed and requires RNO action to open the valve. I B ND pump will be secured and will require RNO action to start the pump.
Facility JPM #:    Nl-088 Safety Function:    2        Title:      Emergency Core Cooling System K/A          006 A3.08    Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ECCS, including: Automatic transfer of ECCS flowpaths Rating(s):  4.2 /4.3      CFR:      41.7/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location:                      Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X      In-Plant                      Perform          X        Simulate
 
==References:==
EP/1IAJ5000IES-1 .3 (Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation)
Task Standard:      EP/11N5000/ES-l .3 (Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation) steps 1 through 5 are performed. The FWST is isolated with the NV and NI pumps having suction aligned from the ND pumps and injecting into the cold legs.
Validation Time:          15    minutes            Time Critical:        Yes          No  X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                      Docket #            Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                /
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                  DATE COMMENTS PA1JZ 9 fl IQ
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. Reset to IC #169.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
(                Instructor Action                Fina    Delay Ramp Delete in Event VLV-N1037F N1184B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL TO POSITION                      o MAL-NCOI3A NC COLD LEG A LEAK                  27.5 VLV-FWOO6A FW55B ND PUMP B SUCT FROM FWST FAIL AUTO ACTIONS                  A ctive VLV-N1037F N1184B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL TO POSITION                      o VLV-NIO37A NII84B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL AUTO ACTIONS                A C t.lye Set Event 3 xli O395g                                                        3 PAflP flF lq
 
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 4 OF 19 Catawba Nuclear Station Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
: 2. IAD-9 D18 (FWST 2/4 LO LEVEL) has just alarmed.
INITIATING CUE:
: 1. The CRS has directed you, as the BOP, to transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation by performing EP!IIAI5000IES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps I through 5.
Examiner Note: After reading Initiating Cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPII!A!5000IES-I .3 PA(P 4 flP IQ
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                        -    JPMB.
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD              I SAT/UNSAT START TIME:
STEP 1:    1. Monitor Enclosure I (Foldout Page).            SAT STANDARD:                                                      UNSAT EXAMINER CUE: The OATC will monitor enclosure 1.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:  2. Verify at least one of the following            SAT annunciators LIT:
                            -
UNSAT u IAD-20, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft1 OR u  IAD-21, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft STANDARD:
1:
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 19
 
I        I                        F                    I Cl)        Cl)                      )
I z          z F
                                          <  z D    C/)  D                    C/) D                Cl)
Cl) 4-,
z I
0            F              U) 4-Cu      L)J Cu          F              ci)
D)
Cl)          LU              C C
Q 3
(9              0(0 C      0)
U)                                                          ci)
I ci)            c0                                            4-,
Cl) 0 C                                                            LU      (0 uJ 0                                                            F      0 x
U)                                                          >-      0 z                  1                                            z cts          *0(0 C.)      ci)            C LC)
Cu G)  U)  -c                                    U) 4-      a                  <0                    ci)
Cu      Ui  z                          F        C)
C C-)      I    0              0 4-,
LU        ci.)
U)                        C      C/)      D LU 0                                    a)
U)
OQ                                  -t3 V)  cl U) C              0
              . C              C D
                                              )  (9 ci) C                      U)  LU
              >10            a)C          C
                            >ctS C,)
LU  cti  d        C/)
C    4-I z                      z LU        <LU z            -
f1            z LU        <  <c3)        LU I-        F          0  F                0          F-      0 C/)        Cl)          ()  C/)            C/) 0          Cl)      C)
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                                  SATIUNSAT STEP 6: 5. Align S/I system for recirc as follows:                            SAT
: a. Verify following valves OPEN:
                                        -
UNSAT L I NI-i 85A (ND Pump IA Cont Sump Suct).
LI INI-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct).
STANDARD:
Applicant determines the red OPEN light is lit for I NI-i 85A Applicant determines the green CLSD light is lit for I NI-I 84B and transitions to the RNO.                .
COMMENTS:
STEP 7: 5a. RNO Perform the following:                                        SAT
: 1) Manually open affected valve(s).                        UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on INl-184B and determines the valve will not ope n.manu.aIJ.y..    . .
                                                          .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
* JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                            I SATIUNSAT STEP 8: 5a. RNO 2) IF valve(s) will not open, THEN:                        CRITICAL STEP a) Stop the ND pump(s) associated with a closed containment sump suction valve(s).                  SAT STANDARD:
UNSAT This step is critical because if the ND pump is not secured now, it will lose its suction source in the next step, and pump damage may occur.
COMMENTS:
STEP 9: 5a RNO 2b) : Close the associated ND pump(s) suction valve          CRITICAL from the FWST:                                      STEP i IFW-27A (ND Pump IA Suct From FWST)                SAT LI IFW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).              UNSAT STANDARD:
This step is critical because if IFW-55B is not closed then an interlock will not be met allowing INI-184B to be opened in the next step.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB 1
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD                                I SAT/UNSAT]
STEP 10: 5a RNO 2c) WHEN the ND pump(s) suction valve from the                CRITICAL FWST is closed, THEN perform the following:            STEP (1) Attempt to manually open affected containment        SAT sump suction valve(s).
UNSAT INI-185A (ND Pump IA Cont Sump Suct)
U 1NI-184B (ND Pump lB ContSump Suct).
STANDARD:
Appliantdepre&#xe1;ses the red OPEN pushbutton for INI-l84Bancl determines the red OPEN light is lit and the green CLSD light is dark.
This step is critical because INI-184B must be opened in order for the lB ND pump to be restarted later in the procedure.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11: 5a RNO 2c) (2) IF affected containment sump suction valve will        SAT not open, THEN dispatch two operators to open affected valve(s):                                  UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step is N/A. 1NI-184B is now open.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 19
 
I-          I
          <
U)          (I) z            z D            D
        <
U)
 
ci)              S U) 4-            U)
(1)
Cu      >                a) 4-
* S C1) rw        >              -
C_)
              -                S oiIo    Q U)
 
w In    cz
            -i CI)
                              -4, 4-                            U)
L.J      31 L_
r  -
H
                    -        -i-a)
Cl) -i-
                              .o uc 7                00 C) o z
                              -i-,CCI Cr)
C      H C%J        <  ;g.Q Z
Li.]        <  <0 H            F          0 Cl)          Cl)        0
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam
:                              STEPISTANDARD                              I SATIUNSAT STEP 13: 5b. Verify following valves CLOSED:
                                          -
SAT LI 1FW-27A (ND Pump IA Suct From FWST)                      UNSAT LI IFW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN, lights are dark on IFW-27A and 1FW-55B.              .
                                                              .
COMMENTS:
STEP 14: 5c. Verify ND pumps ON.    -
SAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that 1A ND pump red ON light is lit and green OFF light is dark, and I B ND pump green OFF light is lit and red ON light is dark and transitIons to the RNO.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 11 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMS Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                              I SAT/UNSAT STEP 15: 5c RNO Perform the following:                                      CRITICAL STEP
: 1) Start ND pump(s) with suction aligned to an open containment sump suction valve.                      SAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that INI-184B is open and depresses the red ON pushbutton for lB ND pump and verifl&#xe9;stheredON light is lit and the green OFF light is dark.          ..      ...
                                                          ...
This step is critical because all available ND pumps should be running to aid in providing suction to the other ECCS pumps.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: Sc RNO 2) IF no ND pump can be started OR no ND train can            SAT be aligned for recirc, THEN:
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step is N/A. Both ND pumps are running.
COMMENTS:
STEP 17: 5d Isolate NI pump miniflow as follows:                            SAT
: 1)  Verify NC pressure LESS THAN 1620 PSIG.
                                          -
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines NC pressure is less than 1620 PSIG COMMENTS:
PAGE 12 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                          .JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                                  SAT/UNSAT STEP 18: 5d 2) Close the following valves:                                  CRITICAL STEP LI 1NI-115A (NI Pump 1A Miniflow [sQl)
SAT LI 1NI-144A (NI Pump lB Miniflow Isol).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbuttons on IN I-I 15A and I NI-144A and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights
  *are dark.
This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
STEP 19: 5d 3) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1NI-147B switch in                      SAT ENABLE.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant rotates PWR DISCO N FOR 1NI-147B switch clockwise to the ENABLE position.              ..          . ..    .
COMMENTS:
STEP 20: 5d 4) Close I Nl-147B (NI Pump Miniflow Hdr To FWST lsol).            SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light lit and red OPEN light dark.                . .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 13 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                                I SAT!UNSAT STEP 21: 5e. Close the following valves:                                      CRITICAL STEP El 1 ND-32A (ND Train 1A Hot Leg Inj Isol)
SAT LI I ND65B (ND Train I B Hot Leg lnj Isol).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbUtton on IND-32A and I ND-65B and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights are dark.
This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
STEP 22: 5f. Verify at least one of the following NV pumps miniflow            SAT valves CLOSED:
                      -
UNSAT El 1 NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc Isol)
OR El 1 NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol).
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights are dark on I NV-203A or I NV-202B.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 14 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                            I_SAT!UNSAT_I STEP 23: 5g. Align ND train discharges to NI and NV pump suctions as          SAT follows:
UNSAT
: 1) Open the following valves:
I NI-332A (NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND)
LI 1NI-333B (NI Pump Suct From ND).
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies red OPEN lights are lit and green CLSD lights are dark on I NI-332A and 1 NI-333B.
COMMENTS:
STEP 24: 5g 2) Ensure INI-334B (NI Pump SuctX-Over From ND)            -    CRITICAL OPEN.                                                    STEP STANDARD:                                                                    SAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I Nl-334B and                UNSAT verifies the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD ghtis dark This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 15 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                                I_SAT!UNSAT STEP 25: 5g 3) Open the following valves:                                    CRITICAL STEP I ND-28A (ND Supply To NV & IA NI Pmps)
SAT u 1NI-136B (ND Supply To NI Pump IB).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I ND28A and I NI 136B and verifies the red OPEN lightsare lit and green CLSD lights are dark.
This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
STEP 26: 5h. Isolate FWST from NV and NI pumps as follows:                    SAT
: 1)  Place PWR DISCON FOR INI-IOOB switch in                  UNSAT ENABLE.
STANDARD:
Applicant rotates PWR DISCON FOR INI-IOOB switch clockwise to the ENABLE positi6n.                    .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 16 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMS Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                            I SATIUNSAT STEP 27: 5h 2) Close INI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).                    CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton on I NI-I OOB and verifies the green CLSD light is lita nd the red OPEN ight is dark.        UNSAT This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
STEP 28: 5h 3) Close the following valves:                                  CRITICAL STEP D I NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)
SAT u 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbuttons on I NV-252A and I NV-253B and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and the red OPEN ughts are c...a rk                              :..
This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 17 OF 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                SAT/UNSAT STEP 29: 51. Verify proper recirc flow as follows:            SAT NV S/I FLOW      - INDICATING FLOW          UNSAT U NI pumps    -  INDICATING FLOW U ND pumps      -  INDICATING FLOW.
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies recirc flow from aN running ECCS pumps.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 18 OF 19
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
: 2. IAD-9 D18 (FWST 214 LO LEVEL) has just alarmed.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS has directed you, as the BOP, to transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation by performing EPII!AI5000IES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps I through 5.
 
CNS                        TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                          PAGE NO.
EPI1IAI5OOOfES-i.                                                                                2 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I          I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
C. Operator Actions Monitor Enclosure I (Foldout Page).
CAUTION        SIl recirculation flow to NC System must be maintained at all times.
NOTE
* Steps 2 through 8 should be performed without delay.
* CSF should not be implemented until directed by this procedure.
: 2. Verify at least one of the following                Perform the following:
annunciators LIT:-
: a. Ensure S/I  - RESET:
    . 1AD-20, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft                                                  1) ECCS.
OR                                                    2) D/G load sequencers.
* 1AD-21, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3                  3) IF AT ANY TIME a B/O occurs, ft.                                                      THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
: b. Ensure the following valves CLOSED:
                                                                                            -
 
                                                              . I FW-27A (ND Pump 1A Suct From FWST)
* 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).
: c. IF valve(s) will not close, THEN:
: 1) Stop associated ND pump(s).
: 2) Depress the following DEFEAT pushbutton(s) for affected train(s):
* C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN A
* C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN B.
: 3) Close the associated ND pump(s) containment sump suction valve(s).
(RNO continued on next page)
 
CNS                  TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                      PAGE NO.
EPItIAI5000/ES-ta                                                                      3 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I        I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 2. (Continued)
: d. if FWST level less than 37% due to FWST puncture, THEN RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
: e. if both NS pumps are off, THEN GO IStep2 RNOg.
: f. IF either of the following annunciators are lit:
                                                  . IAD-20, B12 CONT. SUMP LEVEL
                                                        >2.5 ft OR
                                                  . IAD-21, B12 CONT. SUMP LEVEL
                                                        >2.5ft, THEN        TQ Step 3.
: g. IF all of the following conditions met:
* FWST level    - LESS THAN 8%
                                                . NC temperature GREATER THAN
                                                                          -
200&deg;F
                                                  . Containment Spray PREVIOUSLY
                                                                              -
IN SERVICE
 
                                                    . Indicated containment sump level    -
GREATER THAN 0.5 FT.
THENIQ Step 3.
: h. IF a valid red      orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN
                                                    ] procedure in effect.
: i. IF both CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft annunciators on 1AD-20 and 1AD-21 dark, THEN stop all pumps taking suction from the containment sump.
: j. GOTOEP/1/A/5000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).
 
CNS                      TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                      PAGE NO.
EP/lfA/5000IES-1.3    -
                                                                -
4of38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I  I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 3. Verify KC flow to ND heat exchangers    -    Establish KC flow to affected ND Hx(s).
GREATER THAN 5000 GPM.
: 4. Ensure SIl  - RESET:
: a. ECCS.                                    a. Perform the following:
: 1) ffl either reactor trip breaker is closed, THEN dispatch operator to open Unit 1 reactor trip breakers.
: 2) WHEN reactor trip breakers open, THEN reset ECCS.
: b. D/G load sequencers.                      b. Dispatch operator to open affected sequencer(s) control power breaker:
                                                    . 1EDE-FO1F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1DGLSA) (AB-577, BB-46, Rm 496)
* 1 EDF-FO1 F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1DGLSB) (AB-.560, BB-46, Rm 372).
: c. IFAT ANY TIME a BIO occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
 
CNS                        TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                    PAGE NO.
EPJIIAI5000!ES-1 :3                                                                      5 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. Align SIl system for recirc as follows:
: a. Verify following valves OPEN:
                                  -
: a. Perform the following:
        . lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump          1) Manually open affected valve(s).
Suct)
: 2) if valve(s) will not open, THEN:
        . lNl-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct).                                      a) Stop the ND pump(s) associated with a closed containment sump suction valve(s).
b) Close the associated ND pump(s) suction valve from the FWST:
                                                            . 1FW-27A(ND Pump lASuct From FWST) 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).
(RNO continued on next page)
 
CNS                  TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                    PAGE NO.
EP/11A15000!ES-1.3                                                                  6of38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE    I      I      RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. (Continued) c) WHEN the ND pump(s) suction valve from the FWST is closed, THEN perform the following:
(1)  Attempt to manually open affected containment sump suction valve(s).
                                                            . lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump Suct)
                                                            . 1NI-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct).
(2)  IF affected containment sump suction valve will not open, THEN dispatch two operators to open affected valve(s):
                                                            . lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump Suct)
(AB-545, EE-FF, 52-53, Rm 217)
                                                            .      1NI-184B(ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct)
(AB-545, FF-GG, 52-53, Rm 217).
: 3) if both containment sump suction valves are closed, THEN:
a) if a valid red Q orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN [ procedure in effect.
b) GOTOEP/1/A/5000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).
 
CNS                        TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION EP[1/A15000/ES-t3                                                                          PAGE NO.
7 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                I      RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. (Continued)
: b. Verify following valves CLOSED:
                                  -
: b. Perform the following:
        . 1FW-27A (ND Pump 1A Suct From            1) Manually close affected valve(s).
FWST)
: 2) IF valve(s) will not close, THEN:
        . 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).                                      a) Stop associated ND pump(s).
b) Depress the following DEFEAT pushbutton(s) for affected train(s):
* C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN A
                                                            .      C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN B.
c) Close the associated ND pump(s) containment sump suction valve(s).
d) if both containment sump suction valves are closed, THEN:
(1)      a valid red Q, orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN ]
procedure in effect.
_(2) IQ EPI1IAI5000IECA-l .1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).
 
CNS                        TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                    PAGE NO.
EP/1/At5000IES-1.3                                                                          8 of Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1              RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. (Continued)
: c. Verify ND pumps ON.-                      c. Perform the following:
: 1) Start ND pump(s) with suction aligned to an open containment sump suction valve.
: 2) if no ND pump can be started Q no ND train can be aligned for recirc, THEN:
a) if a valid red      orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN ]Q procedure in effect.
b) GOTOEP/11A15000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).
: d. Isolate NI pump miniflow as follows:
: 1) Verify NC pressure LESS THAN
                                      -                  1) Perform the following:
1620 PSIG.
a) Stop NI pumps.
b) WHEN pressure is less than 1620 PSIG, THEN start NI pumps.
: 2) Close the following valves:
 
                . 1NI-li5A (NI Pump 1A Miniflow Isol)
            . 1NI-144A (NI Pump lB Miniflow Isol).
: 3) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1 NI-i 47B switch in ENABLE.
: 4) Close INI-147B (NI Pump Miniflow Hdr To FWST Isol).
 
CNS                            TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECLRQLjLATION                  PAGE NO.
EP/1JAI5000JES-1 .3                      -
9 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 5. (Continued)
: e. Close the following valves:
          . 1ND-32A (ND Train 1A Hot Leg Inj Isol)
          . 1ND-65B (ND Train lB Hot Leg In]
I sol).
: f. Verify at least one of the following NV    f. Perform the following:
pumps miniflow valves CLOSED:
                                        -
: 1) if 1 NI-9A (NV Pmp C/L In] Isol)
        . 1NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc                  AND 1NI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L In] Isol)
Isol)                                            are closed, THEN maintain charging flow greater than 60 GPM.
OR
: 2) Close the following valves:
        . 1NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol).                                      . 1 NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc Isol)
                                                            . I NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol).
: g. Align ND train discharges to NI and NV pump suctions as follows:
: 1) Open the following valves:
            .      1NI-332A(NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND)
            .      1 NI-333B (NI Pump Suct From ND).
: 2) Ensure 1NI-334B (NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND) OPEN.
                                    -
: 3) Open the following valves:
            . 1ND-28A(NDSuppIyToNV&1A NI Pmps)
            . INI-136B (ND Supply To NI Pump 1B).
 
CNS                      TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                  PAGE NO.
EPI1IAI5000!ES-1 .3                                                                    W Of 3S Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE          I            RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. (Continued)
: h. Isolate FWST from NV and NI pumps as follows:
: 1) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1NI-100B switch in ENABLE.
: 2) Close 1NI-100B (NI Pmps Suct          2) Dispatch operatorto close 1NI-100B From FWST).                              (NI Pmps Suct From FWST)
(AB-552, HH-JJ, 53-54, Rm 234).
: 3) Close the following valves:            3) Perform the following:
            . 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From          a) if. 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct FWST)                                      From FWST) cannot be closed, THEN dispatch operator to
            . 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From              perform the following:
FWST).
_(1)    Open 1EMXA-RO4A(NV Pump Suction From FWST Motor (1 NV252A)) (AB-577, FF-54, Rm 478).
(2)  Close 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)
(AB-554, HH-53, Rm 234)
(Ladder needed).
b) if 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST) cannot be closed, THEN dispatch operator to perform the following:
(1)  Open 1 EMXJ-RO3A (NV Pump Suction From FWST Motor (1 NV253B)) (AB-560, GG-56, Rm 330).
(2)  Close 1 NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)
(AB-554, HH-JJ, 53-54, Rm 234) (Ladder needed).
 
CNS                            TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                  PAGE NO.
EP/1-/AI5000JES-1 .3                                                            -
1 1 of 38 Revision 22 f        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 5. (Continued)
: i. Verify proper recirc flow as follows:    i. if any S/I pump on without a suction flowpath, THEN stop affected pump(s).
* NV S/I FLOW    - INDICATING FLOW
* NI pumps INDICATING FLOW
                            -
          .      ND pumps    - INDICATING FLOW.
: 6. WHEN FWST level decreases to 11%
(IAD-9, E18 FWST LO-LO LEVEL alarm lit), THEN perform the following:
: a. Stop NS Pumps.
: b. Align NS for recirc. REFER [Q Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation).
: 7. if any NS pump in service with suction aligned to FWST, THEN perform the following:
: a. Ensure appropriate operator is in possession of Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation).
: b. Designate operator to ensure NS pumps immediately secured when FWST level decreases to 11 % OR 1AD-9, E18 FWST LO-LO LEVEL alarm lit.
: c. IF time and manpower permit, THEN notify designated operator to review Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation) for current plant conditions.
 
CNS                          TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION                    PAGE NO.
EPI1JAJ5000IES-t3            -
12 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE            I    I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 8. Verify criteria for initiation of ND aux containment spray:
: a. Containment pressure GREATER
                                    -
: a. Perform the following:
THAN 3 PSIG.
: 1)    AT ANY TIME containment pressure exceeds 3 PSIG, THEN perform Step 8.
: 2) Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and QI Step 9.
: b. Time since reactor trip GREATER
                                    -
: b. Perform the following:
THAN 50 MIN.
: 1) Designate someone to notify Control Room Supervisor when 50 mm from reactor trip has elapsed.
: 2) WHEN the time since reactor trip is greater than 50 mm, THEN perform Step 8.
: 3) Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and jQ Step 9.
: c. Verify the following valves CLOSED:
                                        -            c. Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and Q
[Step9.
* I NS-43A (ND Pmp 1A To Cont Spray Hd r)
* 1 NS-38B (ND Pmp 1 B To Cont Spray Hdr).
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPlv[c Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMC Depressurize the NC System During Natural Circulation PAt I (fl Q
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Depressurize the NC system during natural circulation by performing EP/1/A/5000/ES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown) steps 10 and 11.
Alternate Path:    None Facility JPM #:    NC-081 Safety Function:    3        Title:      Pressurizer Pressure Control System K!A          010 A4.01    Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: PZR spray valves.
Rating(s):  4.0/3.8      CFR:      41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location:                      Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X      In-Plant                      Perform        X          Simulate
 
==References:==
EP/1 /A/5000IES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown)
Task Standard:    NC system is depressurized to 1905 psig using NV aux. spray. Status lights MAIN STEAM ISOL TRAIN A/B BLOCKED and PZR LO PRESS S/I TRAIN NB BLOCKED are lit. Pressure is under the control of the operator near 1905 psig.
Validation Time:          12    minutes            Time Critical:          Yes          No  X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #            Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                /
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                  DATE COMMENTS PA(ZI 9 flR Q
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. ResettolC#170.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
Instructor Action                j Final Delay Ramp    Delete In Event Reset to 100% IC, Trip the reactor and all four NC Pumps. Perform applicable actions of E-0, ES-0.1, transition to ES-0.2 and FREEZE sim. Write to snap PAflF  flF
 
REV. 0 PAGE 4 0F9 Catawba Nuclear Station JBMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All contro l
room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assign ed task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handou t
sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Plant cooldown is in progress per EPIIIAI5000IES-O.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown).
: 2. NC pressure is approx. 2120 PSIG and NC temperature is approx. 532&deg;F.
: 3. The OATC is controlling SIG levels and the steam dumps for the cooldown.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS instructs you to depressurize the NC system to 1905 PSIG and to block the low steam pressure Main Steam Isolation signals and the pressurizer low pressure Sit signals per steps 10 and 11 of ES-0.2. The CRS asks you to ensure you are maintaining NC pressure under your control.
Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EP!1!AI5000IES-0.2 pages 9-It PACI 4 flF Q
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              SAT/UNSAT START TIME:
STEP 1:  10. Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG as follows:            SAT
: a. Verify letdown  - IN SERVICE.                            UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 2: 1 Ob. Verify power to I NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) -  SAT AVAILABLE.
UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 9
 
catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD                              SATIUNSAT STEP 3:      lOc. Depressurize NC System using NV aux spray as follows:    CRITICAL STEP
: 1)  Ensure the following valves CLOSED:
                                                    -
SAT LI 1 NC-27 (Pzr Spray CtrI Frm Loop A)
UNSAT LI I NC-29 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop B)
LI I NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D Isol)
LI I NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Isol).
STANDARD:
Applicant determines that valve controllers for 1 NC-27 and 1 NC-29 show 0% demand. Applicant determines that INV-39A green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark. Applicant determines that 1 NV 32B green CLSD light is dark, and depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark.
This step is critical because all the valves listed need to be closed to use NV aux spray.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: lOc. 2) Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.
SAT STANDARD:
UNSAT Applicant manually controls I NV-294 throughout the remainder of the JPM to prevent charging flow from exceeding 180 GPM on 1NVP5630.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 9
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD                            LsATIuNsAT STEP 5:      1 Dc. 3) Throttle I NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) and      CRITICAL charging flow as required to depressurize the NC          STEP System to 1905 PSIG.
STANDARD:
SAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN and green CLOSE pushbuttons as UNSAT necessary to throttle I NV-37A to depressurize the NC system..
Applicant monitors pressUrizer pressure decreasing toward 1905 PSIG.
This step is critical because INV-37A must be throttled open in order to decrease primary system pressure.
COMMENTS:
CAUTION if PZR pressure increases to greater than 1955 PSIG, then Main Steam Isolation and PZR low pressure SII circuits will automatically unblock.
STEP 6: 11. WHEN P-Il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light CRITICAL (lSl-18) is lit, THEN:                                          STEP
: a. Depress BLOCK pushbuttons for both trains of:              SAT LI ECCS steam pressure                                        UNSAT LI ECCS Pzr pressure.
STANDARD:
:Afterdetermining that P-il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light on 181-18 is lit, applicant depresses the white BLOCK pushbuttons for ECCS TRN A(B) PZR PRESS and ECCS TRN A(B) STM PRESS and verifies the 4i!t,. BLOC PlightS are lIt.              .  .    .
This step is critical because subsequent depressurization later in the procedure would cause an unwanted SI signal to be generated.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 9
 
F I    CJ)
              <    z (I)    D Cu I
CO I                            CO Cu  cu                                  C) 4-      -J 0.
C)
Co                            C.)
L.              D ci)
                        -
Cl) z (t1    -      -                C)
C.)    C.)            N
          -      0      0 a-o Cu
                  -
C ct
                        -
C c
1h 42 C
oO Li)        U)
                                        -o)
C      C          U)  e ci          Ct    C Cu  e)    U)
H 4-  E1 0)
Cu        C    *5    z                CUCu 4-C.)      .
o U)c,)
U)        -I-C CU
          =      E    2 L.
ci)
(1)              U)
J        ci)  <CU
          >,      C 9      .      I-.
N ci)
        >                        $    z a) 
                              -I C    ><      C/)
u    W        F    W N.
z Lii                                          0 H
U)                                            I C.)    U)
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURNTO EXAMiNER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Plant cooldown is in progress per EPIIIAI5000IES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown).
: 2. NC pressure is approx. 2120 psig and NC temperature is approx. 532 degrees F.
: 3. The OATC is controlling SIG levels and the steam dumps for the cooldown.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS instructs you to depressurize the NC system to 1905 psig and to block the low steam pressure Main Steam Isolation signals and the pressurizer low pressure SI1 signals per steps 10 and 11 of ES-0.2. The CRS asks you to ensure you are maintaining NC pressure under your control.
 
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE          I          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG as follows:
: a. Verify letdown -  IN SERVICE.          a. Perform the following:
: 1) Establish letdown. REFER TO AP111A15500112 (Loss Of Charging Or Letdown).
: 2) IF normal letdown cannot be established, THEN:
a) Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG with one Pzr PORV.
b) Observe Caution prior to Step 11 and GO TO Step 11.
: b. Verify power to 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To b. Perform the following:
Pzr Aux Spray) AVAILABLE.
                        -
: 1) Depressurize NC System to less than 1905 PSIG using one Pzr PORV.
: 2) Maintain NC pressure less than 1905 PSIG.
: 3) Observe Caution prior to Step 11 and QIQStep 11.
 
CNS                          NATURAL CIRCULATION 000LDOWN                  PAGE NO.
EPII/AI5O00IES-0.2-                                                                lOof3O Revision 21 I      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I  I      RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 10. (Continued)
: c. Depressurize NC System using NV aux spray as follows:
: 1) Ensure the following valves    -
CLOSED:
 
              . 1 NC-27 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop A)
          .      1NC-29 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop B)
          .      1 NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D lsol)
          . 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A I sol).
: 2) Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.
: 3) Throttle 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) and charging flow as required to depressurize the NC System to 1905 PSIG.
 
CNS                              NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN EP/IIN5000/ES-0.2                                                                              PAGE NO.
1 1 of 30 Revision 21 f          ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                              RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
CAUTION            If Pzr pressure increases to greater than 1955 PSIG, then Main Steam Isolation and PZR low pressure S/I circuits will automatically unblock.
: 11.      WHEN P-Il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light (I SI-I 8) is lit, THEN:
: a. Depress BLOCK pushbuttons for both trains of:
* ECCS steam pressure
* ECCS Pzr pressure.
: b. Verify the following status lights on 1SI-13 LIT:
                          -
          .      Main Steam lsoI Train A and B Blocked
          .      Pzr Lo Press S/I Train A and B Blocked.
: 12. Maintain the following plant conditions:
* NC pressure at 1905 PSIG
* Pzr level between 25% and 76%.
 
          . Cooldown rate based on NC T-Colds less than 50&deg;F in an hour
 
        . NC temperature and pressure within limits. REFER IQ Unit One Revised Data Book, Figures 44 and 45.
: 13. Monitor NC System cooldown as follows:
* Core exit T/Cs DECREASING
                                -
* All NC T-Hots      -  DECREASING
* NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs    -
INCREASING.
 
CNS                              NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN                      PAGE NO.
EPI1IAI5000/ES-02                                                                          12 of 30 Revision 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I      I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 14. IF AT ANY TIME the cooldown rate must be increased to greater than 50&deg;F in an hour, THEN Q I EP!IIAI5000IES-0.3 (Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel).
CAUTION        Depressurizing the NC System with a stagnant NC loop will result in void formation when NC pressure reaches saturation pressure in the stagnant loop.
: 15. Initiate NC System depressurization as follows:
: a. Verify all CRD vent fans ON.
                                    -
: a. Perform the following:
: 1) Maintain NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs greater than 100&deg;F.
_2) ]Step15.c.
: b. Maintain NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs greater than 50&deg; F.
: c. Verify letdown  -  IN SERVICE.              c. Perform the following:
: 1) Depressurize using one Pzr PORV to maintain required subcooling.
_2) ]Step16.
: d. Verify power to 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To      d. Perform the following:
Pzr Aux Spray) AVAILABLE.
                            -
: 1) Depressurize using one Pzr PORV to maintain required subcooling.
_2) GO]QStep16.
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                  -JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMD Establish NC System Bleed And Feed PAt I flIt 19
 
________
________
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:                Establish NC system Feed and Bleed per EP/1/A/5000/FR-H.1 Alternate Path:    Yes Facility JPM #:      NC-046 Safety Function:    4P      Title:      Reactor Coolant System (RCS)
K!A          002 A2.04    Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of heat sinks Rating(s):  4.3 /4.6      CFR:      41.5/43.5/45.3/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location:                        Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X      In-Plant                        Perform          X        Simulate
 
==References:==
EP/1/N5000/FR-H.1 (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink)
Task Standard:      Aligns S/I feed path using NI and NV pumps and opens 1 NC-32B and I NC 34A PZR PORVs to establish NC system bleed path.
Validation Time:          15    minutes              Time Critical:          Yes          No    X Applicant:                                                                      Time Start:
NAME                          Docket #            Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                      Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                    /
NAME                                        SIGNATURE                    DATE COMMENTS PA(IZ 9 flIt 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. ResettolC#172.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
v                Instructor Action                        Delay Ramp Delete in Event Final XMT-NVOII FNV_6080 BORON INJ FLOW TO DCS/MCB/OAC (NVAAGO8O) o MAL-CAOO3A CAPT SA2 FAILS TO START          Active MAL-CAOO3B CAPT SA5 FAILS TO START          Active MAL-CAOO4A FAILURE OF CA PUMP A TO Both START MAL-CAOO4B FAILURE OF CA PUMP B TO Both START MAL-NIOOIB NI PUMP B FAILURE                Auto OVR-1SE043 SAFETY INJECTION INITIATE Off PB TRN B PAflF 1W 19
 
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 4 OF 12 Catawba Nuclear Station JPlV1D Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps The CA system will not function. Attempts to restart the CFPTs have been unsuccessful.
: 2. EPII/A15000!FR-H.I (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink) has been entered due to a RED PATH for the Heat Sink critical safety function while performing EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response).
: 3. Bleed and Feed initiation criteria has been met.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CR5 instructs you to initiate NC system bleed and feed per steps 20-24 of EP!IIAI5000IFR-H.I. Inform the CRS when the feed and bleed path has been initiated and verified.
Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPIIIAI5000IFR-H.I pages 27-31.
PAcP 4 flP 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              ) SATIUNSAT START TIME:
STEP 1:      19. Perform Steps 20 through 24 quickly to establish NC heat    SAT removal by NC bleed and feed.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant acknowledges this step. .
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:    20. Ensure all NC pumps    OFF.                                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant depresses the green OFF pushbuttons for IA, I B, IC, andl D NC pumps on I MC-1 0 and verifies the green OFF lights are lit and red ON lights are dark.      .
                                        ..    ..  .. .  .
COMMENTS:
STEP 3:      21. Initiate S/I.                                              CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT Applicant depresses the red train A and B SAFETY INJECTION INITIATE pushbuttons and verifies the red SAFETY INJECTION              UNSAT ACTUATED status light is lit on 181-13 or ECCS TRN A(B) yellow reset lights ?reda.rkon..IMC-11..      *. . .
                                              ...
This step is critical to start the NI pumps and align the valves required to initiate an NC system feed path.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              SATIUNSAT STEP 4: 22. Verify NC System feed path as follows:                          SAT
: a. Verify the following pumps ON:
                                            -
UNSAT D At least one NV pump D At least one NI pump.
STANDARD:
Applicant determines that at least one NV pump and one NJ pump are
  ..r nning.                ..
EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant may start I B NI pump and I B NV pump at this time due to it being a failed auto action. If not, the procedure will direct starting these pumps in the upcoming steps.
COMMENTS:
STEP 5: 22b. Verify NV S/I FLOW      INDICATING FLOW.                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT App1icnt determines that I NVPOO .(NVS/1 FLOW) on I MC-3 indicates 0 GPM and transitions to the RNO COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                                -JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam F                                  STEPISTANDARD                              SATIUNSAT STEP 6: 22b RNO Perform the following:                                        SAT
: 1) Ensure the following pumps ON:
                                                          -
UNSAT LI NV Pumps LI NI Pumps.
STANDARD:
Applicant ensures that all NV pumps and NI pumps are running by depressing the red ON pushbuttons for any non running pump, and verifying the red ON lights are lit and green OFF lights are dark for all pumps.
EXAMINER NOTE: These pumps may have been previously manually started in earlier step due to it being a failed auto action.
COMMENTS:
STEP 7: 22b RNO 2) IF at least one NV pump in service, THEN perform            SAT the following:
UNSAT a) Ensure the following valves OPEN:
                                                          -
El 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)
El I NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies the red OPENiights lit and green CLSD lights dark on I NV-252A and I NV-253B.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                                  I SAT/UNSAT STEP 8: 22b RNO 2b) Ensure the following valves CLOSED: -                      SAT U INV-188A (VCT OtIt lsol)                            UNSAT U 1NV-189B (VCT OtIt lsol).
STAN DARD:
Applicant determines that the green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark on I NV-i 88A. Applicant determines that the green CLSD light is dark for INV-189B, and depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and the red OPEN light is dark.
COMMENTS:
STEP 9: 22b RNO 2c) Ensure the following valves OPEN:  -                        SAT U lNl-9A (NV Pmp CIL lnj Isol)                          UNSAT U INI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L lnj Isol).
STANDARD:
Applicant determines the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD light is dark on I NI-9A. Applicant determines that the red OPEN light is dark for 1NI-IOB, and depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies the red OPEN light is lit and the green CLSD light is dark.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam
:                              STEPISTANDARD STEP 10: 22b RNO 3) IF NI Pump 1A is in service, THEN ensure the            SAT following valves OPEN:
                                          -
UNSAT LI 1NI-103A (NI Pump 1A Suct)
LI INI-118A(NI Pump IA C-Leg Inj Isol)
LI INI-162A (NI To C-Legs lnj Hdr Isol)
LI INI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 11: 22b RNO 4) IF NI Pump 1 B is in service, THEN ensure the          SAT following valves OPEN:
                                          -
UNSAT LI INI-135B (NI Pump lB Suct)
LI INI-150B (NI Pump lB C-Leg Inj Isol)
LI INI-162A (NI To C-Legs Inj Hdr Isol)
LI INI-IOOB (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies that the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD light is dark on valves INI-135B, 1NI-150B, lNl-162A, and INI-IOOB.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                                        I SATIUNSAT STEP 12: 22b RNO 5) IF no feed path can be aligned, THEN:                                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                                  UNSAT Applicant d etermines..t,h ata feed path does ox st and t.h is. step. is N/A ....
COMMENTS:
STEP 13: 23. Establish NC System bleed path as follows:                                  SAT
: a. Ensure all Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.
                                                          -                              UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines the RED lights are lit and GREEN lights are dark
:0 flLvE!y ...S 1. lB IN C-,35 Bap ..1NC-3 3A                .
COMMENTS:
STEP 14: 23b. Select OPEN on the following PZR PORVs:                                CRITICAL STEP INC-34A (PZR PORV)
SAT LI INC-32B (PZR PORV).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant rotates switches for 1 NC-34A and I NC-32B, clockwise to the OPEN position and verifies RED lights are lit and GREEN lights are dark on both valves.              .
This step is critical because it establishes an NC system Bleed path.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                          I_SAT!UNSAT STEP 15: 23c. Align N2 to the Pzr PORVs by opening the following              SAT valves:
UNSAT LI I Nl-438A (Emer N2 From CLA A To I NC-34A)
LI I Nl-439B (Emer N2 From CLA B To I NC-32B).
STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies red OPEN UghtIlt an d green CLSD light dark on valves I N !:4.8i.. and I N!-439
                              ...
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: 23d. Verify power to all Pzr PORV isolation valves      -            SAT AVAILABLE.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant verifies indicating lights lit on.INC-31B, INC-356, and 1NC-33A,      .
                            .
                                      .  .
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 11 OF 12
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
          -        (RETURt4 TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. The CA system will not function. Attempts to restart the CFPTs have been unsuccessful.
: 2. EPIIIAI5000IFR-H.I (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink) has been entered due to a RED PATH for the Heat Sink critical safety function while performing EP!I!A15000!ES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response).
: 3. Bleed and Feed initiation criteria has been met.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to initiate NC system bleed and feed per steps 20-24 of EPII!AI5000IFR-H.I. Inform the CR5 when the feed and bleed path has been initiated and verified.
 
CNS                    RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK                  PAGE NO.    -
EPI1/N5tJOOIFR-H.1                                                                        28 of 101 Revision 36 I      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 20. Ensure all NC pumps OFF. -
: 21. Initiate S/I.
: 22. Verify NC System feed path as follows:
: a. Verify the following pumps ON:
                                      -              a. Perform the following for affected train(s):
        . At least one NV pump
: 1) Reset ECCS.
        . At least one NI pump.
: 2) Reset DIG load sequencer.
: 3) Start pumps.
: 4) IF AT ANY TIME a BlO occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
: 5) if at least one NV pump in service, THEN        TO Step 22.b.
: 6) if all the following conditions are met, THEN GO TO Step 22.b:
 
                                                            . At least one NI Pump ON-
 
                                                            . Time between reactor trip and implementation of this procedure
                                                                -  GREATER THAN 90 MINUTES.
: 7) Continue attempts to restore NV and NI to service.
: 8) RETURN T Step 6.
 
CNS                  RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK EP/1JA!500VtFR-H.1                                                                        PAGE tO 29 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I      I          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 22. (Continued)
: b. Verify NV S/I FLOW INDICATING
                                -
: b. Perform the following:
FLOW.
: 1) Ensure the following pumps ON:  -
* NV Pumps
* NI Pumps.
: 2) if at least one NV pump in service, THEN perform the following:
a) Ensure the following valves      -
OPEN:
                                                            .        1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)
 
                                                                  . I NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).
b) Ensure the following valves    -
CLOSED:
* 1NV-188A (VCT OtIt IsoI)
                                                            .        INV-189B (VCT OtIt lsoI).
c) Ensure the following valves      -
OPEN:
 
                                                                  . 1 Nl-9A (NV Pmp C/L lnj Iso!)
 
                                                                  . 1NI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L Inj Iso!).
: 3) IF NI Pump 1A is in service, THEN ensure the following valves OPEN:
                                                                                          -
                                                      .      lNl-103A (NI Pump 1A Suct)
 
                                                          . IN!-118A(NI Pump 1AC-Leg lnj I so!)
 
                                                          . 1NI-162A (NI To C-Legs nj Hdr Isol)
* 1NI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).
(RNO continued on next page)
 
CNS                  RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECQNDkRY HEAT SLNK EP!1!AJ5tYOO!FR-H.1                                                                PAGE NO.
                                            -.
30 of 101 Revision 36 I      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                      RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 22. (Continued)
: 4) I NI Pump 1 B is in service, THEN ensure the following valves OPEN:
                                                                                    -
 
                                                        . 1NI-135B (NI Pump lB Suct) 1NI-150B (NI Pump lB C-Leg nj I sol)
 
                                                        . lNl-162A (NI To C-Legs Inj Hdr Isol)
                                                    . 1NI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).
: 5) IF no feed path can be aligned, THEN:
a) Continue attempts to establish feed path.
b) RETURN ] Step 6.
: 23. Establish NC System bleed path as follows:
: a. Ensure all Pzr PORV isolation valves -
OPEN.
: b. Select OPEN on the following PZR PORVs:
        . 1NC-34A (PZR PORV)
        . 1NC-32B (PZR PORV).
 
CNS                    RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK                  PAGE NO.
. EPttIN5000/FR-R1                                                                          31 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I  I        RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 23. (Continued)
: c. Align N 2 to the Pzr PORVs by              c. Perform the following:
opening the following valves:
: 1) Ensure Phase B containment
* 1NI-438A (Emer N2 From CLAATo                  isolation signals RESET.
                                                                                -
1 NC-34A)
: 2) Ensure lVl-77B (VI Cont Isol)    -
          . lNl-439B (Emer N2 From CLA B To              OPEN.
1NC-32B).
: 3) jf VI pressure less than 85 PSIG, THEN dispatch operator to ensure proper VI compressor operation.
: d. Verify power to all Pzr PORV isolation    d. Perform the following:
valves AVAILABLE.
                    -
: 1) Dispatch operator to restore power to affected Pzr PORV isolation valve(s):
                                                          .      1 EMXD-FO2C (PORV lsol Motor (1 NC31 B)) (AB-560, BB-50, Rm 372)
 
                                                              . 1 EMXC-FO3C (Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Isol. Valve 1 NC33A) (AB-577, BB-50, Rm 496)
                                                          .      1EMXD-FO5A (PORV Isol Motor (1 NC35B)) (AB-560, BB-50, Rm 372).
: 2) WHEN power is restored, THEN:
a) OPEN Pzr PORV isolation valves.
b) Ensure two Pzr PORVs and associated Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.
                                                                            -
 
CNS                  RESPONSETOLOSSOFSECONDARYHEATSINK                      PAGE NO.
EPI1IAJ5000IFR-H.1 32 of 101
.
                                -
Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                    RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 24. Verify the following valves OPEN:
                                    -            Perform the following:
      . INC-31B (PZR PORV Isol)              a. Ensure Phase B containment isolation signals RESET.
                                                              -
      . 1NC-32B (PZR PORV)
: b. Ensure 1VI-77B (VI Cont Isol) OPEN.
                                                                                    -
      . INC-33A (PZR PORV Isol)
: c. IF VI pressure less than 85 PSIG,
      . 1 NC-34A (PZR PORV).                      THEN dispatch operator to ensure proper VI compressor operation.
: d. Ensure the following valves OPEN:
                                                                                  -
                                                  . INC-35B (PZR PORV Isol) 1NC-36B (PZR PORV).
: e. Ensure two Pzr PORVs and associated Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.
                                                                                -
: f. if. two Pzr PORV flow paths are open, THEN GO TO Step 25.
: g. Align A Train vent path by opening the following valves:
                                                .      1NC-250A (Rx Head Vent Block)
* 1NC-251B (Rx Head Vent).
(RNO continued on next page)
 
CNS                RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK                    PAGE NO.
. PftIAI50U0IFR-[-t.1                                                    -
33 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I      I          RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 24. (Continued)
: h. IF A Train vent path cannot be aligned, THEN align B train vent path as follows:
: 1) Ensure the following valves  -
CLOSED:
                                                        .      1NC-250A (Rx Head Vent Block)
 
                                                              . 1NC-251B (Rx Head Vent).
: 2) Dispatch operator to close the following breakers:
 
                                                              . 1 EMXL-F1 OC (Reactor Vessel Head Vent Motor (1 NC252B))
(AB-560, BB-47, Rm 372)
 
                                                              . 1 EMXS-FO3E (Reactor Vessel Head Vent Motor (1 NC253A))
(AB-577, BB-49, Rm 496).
: 3) OPEN the following valves:
 
                                                              . 1 NC-252B (Rx Head Vent Block)
                                                              . 1 NC-253A (Rx Head Vent).
Align any low pressure water source to intact SIG(s) using the following sources:
* Hotwell pump
                                                        *RN
                                                    .      CA (gravity feed)
                                                    .      RF. REFER TO Enclosure 4 (Aligning Alternate Water Source to S/G(s)).
: j. if no low pressure water source can be aligned, THEN IQ Step 25.
: k. Depressurize at least one intact S/G to atmospheric pressure using SIG PORV to inject the low pressure water source.
 
CNS                      RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK EPIIIAI5fOOIFR-H.1                                                                          PAGE NO.
                              -
                                            -
34 of 101 Revision 36 I        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I            RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 25.      WHEN manpower AND time permits, THEN verify proper system alignments as follows:
      .      REFER IQ Enclosure 5 (System Verification Following S/I Actuation).
      .      Notify Unit 2 operator to perform Enclosure 6 (Opposite Unit Ventilation Verification).
: 26.      Maintain NC System heat removal as follows:
 
          . Maintain S/I flow
          . Maintain two Pzr PORVs OPEN.
                                        -
: 27. Ensure S/I    - RESET:
: a. ECCS.                                      a. Perform the following:
: 1) IF either reactor trip breaker is closed, THEN dispatch operator to open Unit 1 reactor trip breakers.
: 2) Concurrently implement Enclosure 11 (ECCS Master Reset) while continuing with this procedure.
: b. D/G load sequencers.                      b. Dispatch operator to open affected sequencer(s) control power breaker:
 
                                                          . I EDE-FOl F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1 DGLSA) (AB-577, BB-46, Rm 496)
                                                        . 1 EDF-F01 F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel IDGLSB) (AB-560, BB-46, Rm 372).
: c. JfM ANY TIME a B/O occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPME Restore Power to I ETA From Offsite Power PA(F I flP 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPIVIE Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:                Restore power to I ETA from offsite power per EP/1/A15000/ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power).
Alternate Path:      Yes Facility JPM #:      EP-OlO Safety Function:    6        Title:      AC Electrical Distribution KIA          062 A2.05      Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AC distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Methods for energizing a dead bus.
Rating(s):  2.9 / 3.3      CFR:      41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 Preferred Evaluation Location:                          Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X        In-Plant                        Perform          X        Simulate
 
==References:==
EP/1/N5000/ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power)
Task Standard:      Restore normal offsite power to 1 ETA from the switchyard.
Validation Time:          15    minutes              Time Critical:          Yes          No  X Applicant:                                                                      Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #              Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                      Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                    /
NAME                                        SIGNATURE                DATE COMMENTS PAtP 9 flF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                        -JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. Reset to IC # 175.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
v                instructor Action                        Delay Ramp Delete In Final                      Event MAL-DGOOIA DIG IA FAILS TO START              Active MAL-DGOOIB DIG lB FAILS TO START            Active MAL-EQBOO3A LOSS OF DIG IA SEQUENCER CTRL PWR                          A ctive MAL-EQBOO3B LOSS OF DIG lB SEQUENCERCTRLPWR                            A cive t.
LOA-EP067 600V LC ELXA BKR ELXA-4B          Close      10                  2 LOA-EP069 600V LC ELXC BKR ELXC-4B          Close      20                  2 PA(P  flF 17
 
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 4 0F17 Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I has experienced a Loss Of All AC power.
: 2. It is desired to restore normal power to I ETA from offsite power through IATC.
: 3. The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.
: 4. The load shed of I ETA has been completed and all lockout relays on I ETA have been reset.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to align normal power to IETA by completing Enclosure 8 of EPIIIAI5000!ECA-O.O.
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EP!I!AI5000IECA-O.O Enclosure 8.
PA( 4 flP 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                                  I SATIUNSAT START TIME:
STEP 1:  1. Verify the following 1 ETA lockout relays RESET:
                                                        -
SAT 1  86N (IETA 03  Cubicle)                                            UNSAT D  86B (1 ETA 03  Cubicle)
El  86S (1 ETA 04  Cubicle)
El  86D (IETA 19  Cubicle).
STANDARD:
Per the initial conditions the applicant determines that all lockout relays have been reset.
EXAMINER CUE: If asked, IETA lockout relays are reset.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:  2. IF AT ANY TIME it becomes apparent this enclosure will not            SAT be successful, THEN perform the following:
UNSAT STANDARD:
Appliant flags this step and continues with the procedure.
COMMENTS:
STEP 3:  3. ffl 1ATC energized, THEN GO TO Step 15.                              SAT STANDARD:                                                                          UNSAT Applicant determines that IATC is not energized.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPIV[E Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                              J SAT/UNSAT STEP 4: 4. W 6.9 KV buss 1TA energized, THEN GO TO Step 14.                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Appicant determines that ITA is not energized..
COMMENTS:
STEP 5:  5. IF transformer IT2A energized, THEN GO TO Step 13                SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant determines that IT2A        energized.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 6. Notify Transmission Control Center (TCC), using one of the        SAT following methods, to coordinate attempts to restore power:
UNSAT Li Outside line:
Li 704-382-9404 Li 704-382-9411 Li 704-382-4413 Li 704-382-9403 LI 704-399-9744.
Li Two-way radio.
STANDARD:
Applicant contacts TCC using any of the listed methods EXAMINER CUE: Repeat back information provided by the examinee.
COMMENTS:
PAGE6OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              I SATIUNSAT STEP 7: 7. Notify TCC to verify adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.                                                    SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant verifies with TCC or uses information given on the cue sheet EXAMINER CUE: If asked, The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8: 8. Ensure both main transformers MODs CLOSED.  -
SAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that both main transformer MODs red CLSD lights are lit..                    ..
COMMENTS:
STEP 9: 9. Verify both turbine generator breakers OPEN.
                                                      -
SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant determines that both turbine generator breakers green OPEN Jjt        :              .    .      .    . .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                            LAT/UNSAT STEP 10: 10. Prepare the 6.9 KV busses for power restoration as              SAT follows:
U NSAT
: a. Dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all de energized motor loads on following 6.9 KV busses -
OPEN:
EIITA LI ITB EIITC LI lTD.
STANDARD:
Applicant dispatches an operator to open al[de-energized motor lads onall 6.9 KVbusses EXAMINER CUE: Operators have been dispatched.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11: 1 Ob. Place switches for the following pumps in the OFF        CRITICAL position:                                                  STEP LI All de-energized hotwell pumps                          SAT LI All de-energized condensate booster pumps.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant places the switches for all hotwell and condensate booster pumps to the OFF position.
This step is critical to allow an orderly restoration of loads upon restoration of power.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                              I_SAT/UNSAT STEP 12:    lOc. Depress the OFF pushbutton for all de-energized KR          CRITICAL pumps.                                                      STEP STANDARD:                                                                      SAT Apphcant depresses the green OFF pushbutton on A and C KR                UNSAT pumps and Verifies the green OFF light is lit and the red ON lightis.
dark.
EXAMINER NOTE: B KR pump is energized from Unit 2.
This step is critical to allow an orderly restoration of loads upon restoration of power.
COMMENTS:
STEP 13: 11. Do not continue in this procedure until all de-energized 6.9    SAT KV motor load breakers are open.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant does not continue until all de-energized 69 XV motor load breakers are open.
EXAMINER CUE: NEO reports that all do-energized 6.9 KV motor load breakers are open.
COMMENTS:
NOTE Zone Aor B lockout will occur if at least one main transformer cooling circuit is not restored within 15 minutes of re-energizing the main transformer PAGE 9 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPIVLE Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                        SAT/UNSAT STEP 14: 12. Energize 6.9 KV busses as follows:                        SAT
: a. Announce Energizing Unit 1 main power. All        UNSAT personnel stand clear.
STANDARD:
pplimakes an.n ounce            . t. sing plant paging .:S ystern COMMENTS:
STEP 15: 12b. Verify the following unit tie PCB5 CLOSED:-                SAT LIPCBI5                                              UNSAT El PCB 18.
STANDARD:
Applicant determines .thatthe PCBs red CLSD lights are dark and transitions to the RNO.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: 12b RNO Perform the following:                                  SAT
: 1) IF unit tie PCB(s) disconnects OPEN, THEN return
                                                      -                  UNSAT PCB(s) to operation. REFER TO OPIOIA/6350/O1O (Operation of Station Breakers and Disconnects).
STANDARD:
Applicant determines this step is N/A EXAMINER CUE: If asked, Disconnects have not been opened.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME.
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              I SATIUNSALJ STEP 17: 12b RNO 2) WHEN unit tie PCB(s) returned to operation,              CRITICAL THEN close the following unit tie PCBs:              STEP LIPCB15                                              SAT L PCB 18.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the red CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the red
  .CLSD lights are lit for PCBs l5ahd 18.
This step is critical because it is part of the normal lineup from offsite power to IETA.
COMMENTS:
STEP 18: 12b RNO 3) IF PCB(s) will not close, THEN notify TCC to close        SAT affected PCB(s).
UNSAT STANDARD:
stepi* N/A  ..
                                                                    .
COMMENTS:
STEP 19: 13. Verify ITA ENERGIZED.
                            -
SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant determines that ITA.is not energized and transitionst&#xf3; the RNO;                                        ..
COMMENTS:
PAGE 11 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                                I SATIUNSAT STEP 20: 13 RNO Perform the following:                                          SAT
: a. IF not previously performed, THEN dispatch              UNSAT operator to ensure breakers for all motor loads on 6.9 KV buss ITA OPEN:
                                          -
STAN DARD:
Applicant determines this step is N/A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 21: 13 RNO b. Ensure switches for the following pumps in the              SAT OFF position:
UNSAT L HTWL PUMP IA Li CM BSTR PUMP IA STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step was previously performed.
COMMENTS:
STEP 22: 13 RNO c. Place 7KV BUS ITA MODE SEL switch in MAN                CRITICAL A & TIE.                                              STEP STANDARD:
Applicant places the switch 7KV BUS 1TA MODE SEL in the MAN A              UNSAT
  & TIE position.
This step is critical because if not performed then closure of 7KV FOR FRM IT2A in the next step would not be possible.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 12 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME.
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam
:                                STEPISTANDARD                              I___________
STEP 23: 13 RNO d. Close 7KV ITA FDR FRM IT2A.                            CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
        ..
                                    .....
                                                          ...                    SAT Applicant depresses the red CLOSE pushbutton on 7KV ITA FDR FRM IT2A and verifies the red CLSD light is lit and green OPEN light        UNSAT is dark.
This step is critical because it is part of the normal lineup from offsite power to I ETA.
COMMENTS:
STEP 24: 13 RNO e. IF 7KV 1TA FDR FRM IT2A fails to close, THEN              SAT dispatch operator to close ITA-05 (Normal A Incoming Feeder From XFMR 1T2A). REFER TO              UNSAT Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).
STANDARD:
Applica nt determines that this step is N!A          ...
                                                                      .
COMMENTS:
STEP 25: 14. Verify IATC      - ENERGIZED.                                    SAT STANDARD:
Applicant verifies that IATC is energized                  .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 13 OF 17
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD                              I SATIUNSAT STEP 26: 15. Verify 1ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr                SAT 1ATC) RACKED IN.
                        -
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant uses status lights or cue to verify I ETA-03 is racked in EXAMINER CUE: If asked, IETA-03 is racked in.
COMMENTS:
STEP 27: 16. Do not continue in this enclosure until:                        SAT Li 4KVXFMR IATC        ENERGIZED                              UNSAT LI I ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC)      -
RACKED IN.
Li Load shed of IFTA    COMPLETE LI The following 1 ETA lockout relays RESET:
                                                      -
Li 86N (1ETA 03 Cubicle)
Li 86B (1 ETA 03 Cubicle)
Li 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)
Li 86D (1ETA 19 Cubicle).
STANDARD:
Appli&#xf3;ant determines all conditions are met and continues in the piocedure.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 14 OF 17
 
Z        H                          H D                        D ci)              >s I
J-.
(0 I
4-14-                0
                                  .:  0                Cl)
E 4-LJZ      o Ow Cu  Cu 4-i
                            <o o
    --            H                  E Cu
-    .1 4
C    z                          &deg;
          <    1L.
0          WQ)
>1 t
C.)* I  =                                CD Cu    G)  &#xe7;                O        &deg;-        w Cu (j
LU w
                            --      i          H ci) ,
CC1)
                            +-.(l) cu        uJ N
                                    -D                ci)
Q)  Q        U)>
a LU C)        >
                                                -
I.                        j                c a            -
                                                        -
                                                        --
C.)                ..
0..      Z
:G) 0        0  Z  -c LU      <    <u--cs              LU  <  <=
H        H            .0      0 H  H          0 C/)      C/)                    0 (1) Cl)        0
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD                            I SATIUNSAT STEP 30: 18. Notify dispatched operator to close the following load        SAT center normal incoming breakers from I ETA:
UNSAT 1ELXA4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr I ETXA) (AB-577, AA-47, Rm 496)
Li I ELXC-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXC) (AB-577, AA-46, Rm 496)
STANDARD:
Applicant notifies dispatched operator to close load center breakers I ELXA-4B and I ELXC-4B EXAMINER NOTE: Simulator operator will insert EVENT 2.
EXAMINER CUE: When all indicating lights on the KC system on 1 MC-1 I are lit, then tell examinee Operator reports that IELXA-4B and IELXC-4B are closed.
COMMENTS:
STEP 31: 19. GO TO Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 38.                SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT EXAMINER CUE: The CRS will continue to direct actions of ECA-O.O.
This JPM is complete.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 16 OF 17
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OFTASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I has experienced a Loss Of All AC power.
: 2. It is desired to restore normal power to IETA from offsite power through IATC.
: 3. The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.
: 4. The load shed of IETA has been completed and all lockout relays on IETA have been reset.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to align normal power to I ETA by completing Enclosure 8 of EP!I!AI5000IECA-O.O.
 
[ rI          CNS EP/1!N5006/ECA-0.0                    -
LOSS OFALLAC POWER Enclosure 8- Page 1 of 6                        [
PAGE NO.
of i9  I Revision 381 Aligning Normal Power to IETA(IATC)
I              I I        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                                RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 1. Verify the following I ETA lockout relays  -
RESET:
NOTE      It is acceptable to continue in
            .      86N  (1 ETA 03 Cubicle)                            this enclosure if discrepancies
            .      86B  (1 ETA 03 Cubicle)                            are expected to be resolved.
            .      86S  (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)
            .      86D  (1ETA 19  Cubicle).                      Consider alternate alignment options.
REFER T Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 18.
: 2. IF J ANY TIME it becomes apparent this enclosure will not be successful, THEN perform the following:
: a. Notify Control Room Supervisor of status.
: b. Return to Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 18.
: 3. IF IATC energized, THEN            Step 15.
: 4. IF 6.9 KV buss ITA energized, THEN
              ]Step 14.
: 5. IF transformer IT2A energized, THEN GO jStep 13.
: 6. Notify Transmission Control Center (TCC), using one of the following methods, to coordinate attempts to restore power:
* Outside line:
* 704-382-9404
* 704-382-9411
* 704-382-4413
* 704-382-9403
              . 704-399-9744.
* Two-way radio.
 
CNS                                  LOSS OF ALL AC POWER                        I  PAGE NO. I EP/I/N5000/ECA-0.0 Enclosure 8 Page 2 of 6                    1  64 of 1
[                                                            -
Aligning Normal Power to IETA(IATC)                I  Revision 381 I              I I        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                              RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I
: 7. Notify TCC to verify adequate switchyard          Do not continue in this enclosure until voltage and grid reliability.                      switchyard voltage and grid reliability have been verified.
: 8. Ensure both main transformers MODs        -
CLOSED.
: 9. Verify both turbine generator breakers      -      Open both turbine generator breakers.
OPEN.
: 10. Prepare the 6.9 KV busses for power restoration as follows:
: a. Dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all de-energized motor loads on following 6.9 KV busses OPEN:
                                          -
* 1TA
* 1TB
* iTO
* lTD.
: b. Place switches for the following pumps in the OFF position:
            .      All de-energized hotwell pumps
            .      All de-energized condensate booster pumps.
: c. Depress the OFF pushbutton for all de-energized KR pumps.
: 11. Do not continue in this procedure until all de-energized 6.9 KV motor load breakers are open.
 
CNS EPPI/AJ5000/ECA-O.&
LOSS OF ALL AC POWER                              I PAGE NO.
Enciosure8-Page3of6 Aligning Normal Power to IETA (IATC) 1    65or196 Revision 38 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I                  RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE      Zone A or B lockout will occur if at least one main transformer cooling circuit is not restored within 15 minutes of re-energizing the main transformer.
: 12. Energize 6.9 KV busses as follows:
: a. Announce Energizing Unit 1 main power. All personnel stand clear.
: b. Verify the following unit tie PCBs -            b. Perform the following:
CLOSED:
: 1) W unit tie PCB(s) disconnects  -
        . PCB 15                                                OPEN, THEN return PCB(s) to
        . PCB 18.                                                operation. REFER ]Q 0P101A163501010 (Operation of Station Breakers and Disconnects).
: 2) When unit tie PCB(s) returned to operation, THEN close the following unit tie PCBs:
* PCB15
* PCB18.
: 3) IF PCB(s) will not close, THEN notify TCC to close affected PCB(s).
 
CNS                            LOSS OF ALL AC POWER EP/1iN5QO0IECAO.&                                                                          PAGE NO.
Enclosure 8 Page 4 of 6
                                                    -
66 of 196 Aligning Normal Power to IETA (IATC)
ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                              RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 13. Verify ITA ENERGIZED.
                  -
Perform the following:
: a. IF not previously performed, THEN dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all motor loads on 6.9 KV buss 1TA
                                                            - OPEN:
: b. Ensure switches for the following pumps in the OFF position:
* HTWL PUMP lA
* CM BSTR PUMP 1A
: c. Place 7KV BUS 1TA MODE SEL switch in MAN A & TIE.
: d. Close 7KV 1TA FDR FRM 1T2A.
: e. IF 7KV 1TA FDR FRM 1T2A fails to close, THEN dispatch operator to close ITA-05 (Normal A Incoming Feeder From XFMR 1T2A). REFER TO Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).
: 14. Verify IATC  - ENERGIZED.                        Perform the following:
: a. Close 4KV XFMR IATC FDR.
: b. IF 4KV XFMR 1ATC FDR fails to close, THEN dispatch operator to close 1TA-04 (6900/41 60 VAC XFMR 1ATC).
REFER JQ. Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).
: 15. Verify IETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder          Dispatch operatorto align IETAto IATC.
From Xfmr IATC) RACKED IN.
                        -
REFERT Enclosure 19 (Align IETA to IATC Local Actions).
 
I          CNS                I I EP/1/N5000/ECA-&.&
LOSS OFALLAC POWER Enclosure 8 Page 5 of 6 1  PAGNO.
67 of 196
                                                            -
Aligning Normal Power to I ETA (IATC)                  I  Revision 38 I
I      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 16. Do not continue in this enclosure until:
* 4KV XFMR 1ATC ENERGIZED
                                -
* 1ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC) RACKED IN.
                            -
* Load shed of I ETA COMPLETE
                                  -
* The following 1 ETA lockout relays  -
RESET:
          . 86N  (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) 86B  (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)
          . 86D  (1ETA 19 Cubicle).
: 17. Energize I ETA as follows:
: a. Close ETA NORM FDR FRM ATC.                    a. Perform the following:
: 1) Notify dispatched operator to manually close I ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC).
REFER TO Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers).
: 2) WHEN notified by dispatched operator Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers) is complete, THEN GO jQStep 17.b.
: 3) Do not continue with this enclosure until Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers) is complete.
: b. Verify 1 ETA ENERGIZED.
                          -
: b. Consider alternate alignment options.
                                                                      ] Section C. (Operator Actions),
Step 18.
 
I          CNS EPII!N5000/ECA-Q.O LOSS OF ALL AC POWER                        I PAGE NO. 1 I                                            Enclosure 8- Page 6 of 6                      68 of 196 I Aligning Normal Power to I ETA (I ATC)            I Revision 381 I            I I      ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
: 18. Notify dispatched operator to close the following load center normal incoming breakers from I ETA:
        . 1ELXA-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXA) (AB-577, AA-.47, Rm 496)
* 1 ELXC-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXC) (AB-577, AA-46, Rm 496)
: 19.        ] Section C. (Operator Actions),
Step 38.
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMF Ensure Proper Feedwater Isolation On A Reactor Trip PA(F I flF R
 
____
_
____
____
____
____
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:                  Ensure proper feedwater isolation following a react or trip per step 6 of EPI1IN5000IES-0.1 (Reactor Trip Response).
Alternate Path:      Yes. CF isolation status light for 1 D S/G is not lit requ iring RNO actions to mitigate. Feed flow to S/Gs is 0 GPM and will requ ire RNO actions to start CA pumps as necessary to provide adequate flow.
Facility JPM #:      CF-002 Safety Function:      4S      Title:      Main Feedwater System KIA          059 K4.19      Knowledge of MFW design feature(s) and/or interlock (s) which provide for the following: Automatic feedwater isolation of MEW.
Rating(s):    3.2 I 3.4      CFR:      41.7 Preferred Evaluation Location:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator      X        In-Plant                      Perform          X              Simulate
 
==References:==
EPI1/N5000/ES-0.1 (Reactor Trip Response)
Task Standard:        Status light for S/G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD lit and feed flow is established to maintain at least one SIG NIR level grea ter than 11% OR total feed flow greater than 450 GPM.
Validation Time:            5    minutes            Time Critical:            Yes            No    X Applicant:
Time Start:
NAME                      Docket #                Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT                UNSAT                                        Performance Time Examiner:
I NAME                                    SIGNATURE                        DATE COMMENTS PA(J 9 flR R
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF            -
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. ResettolC#173.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
Instructor Action                Final      Delay Ramp Delete In Event MAL-ISEOO7A AUTO CF ISOL SIGNAL TRN A        Block MAL-ISEOO7B AUTO CF ISOL SIGNAL TRN B        Block MAL-CAOO7D SIG TEMPERING VLV CAl 88 FAILURE                                      Open MAL-CAOO4A FAILURE OF CA PUMP A TO START                                        Auto MAL-CAOO4B FAILURE OF CA PUMP B TO START                                        Auto VLV-CAO3OA SA2 CA PMP TURB STM SPLY VL FAIL AUTO ACTIONS                        A c t.ive VLV-CAO3IA SA5 CA PMP TURB STM SPLY VL FAIL AUTO ACTIONS                        A ctive MAL-CAOO7D SIG TEMPERING VLV CAl 88 FAILURE                                      Open OVR-ISEOO6C CNT FW ISOL TRN A INIT PB          Off OVR-ISEOO8C CNT FW ISOL TRN B INIT PB          Off PA(F  OF
 
REV. 0                                                                PAGE 4 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response) has been implemented.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to perform step 6 of EPIIIA!5000IES-O.I to verify feedwater status.
Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPIIIAI5000!ES-O.1 page 4.
PAtP 4 flP
 
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 5 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1:    6. Verify feedwater status as follows:                                SAT
: a. T-Avg LESS THAN 564&deg;F.
                          -
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines Tavg is less than 564&deg;F by use of NC Loop AIBIC/D Lo Tavg channels l/II/lll/IV status lights lit on 1SI-7, OR on NC Loop NB/C/D Tavg meters on 1 M-5, OR on Selected Tavg chart recorder on 1 MC-1.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2:  6b. All Feedwater Isolation status lights (1SI-5)  - LIT.              SAT STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT Applicant determines S/G A (B) (C) CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status lights are lit, and S/G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status light is DARK on ISI-5. Applicant should transition to the RNO.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 8
 
_____
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 6 0F8 Catawba NuclearStation JPMF 1 2010_NRC_Exam Dec STEP 3:    6b. RNO 1) Manually initiate Feedwater Isolation.                    SAT UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the CF ISOL TRN A/B red INITIATE pushbutton and verifies red INIT lights are lit and yellow RST lights are dark on IMC-2.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 6b. RNO 2) IF proper status light indication is not obtained,        CRITICAL THEN manually close valves.                            STEP STANDARD:                                                                        SAT Applicant depresses and holds green CLOSE pushbutton for ICF-60              UNSAT and verifies green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark.
Applicant depresses green CLOSE pushbutton for I CA-i 88 and verifies green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark. Applicant depresses the M pushbutton on valves ICF-55 and ICF-57, then depresses the decrease demand pushbuttons to fully close the valves.
EXAMINER NOTE: S!G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status light on 151-5 will now be lit.
Step is critical since these valves must be manually closed to provide a proper feedwater isolation.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 8
 
_____
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 7 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5:    6c. Total feed flow to S/C(s)    GREATER THAN 450 GPM.                SAT STANDARD:                                                                          UNSAT Applicant determines feed flow to SIGs is zero gprn and transitions to the RNO.
EXAMINER CUE: If applicant addresses a RED path on the Heat Sink critical safety function, The STA and OSM will validate the red path.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 6c. RNO Establish feed flow to maintain at least one SIC N/R          CRITICAL level greater than 11 % OR total feed flow greater than      STEP 450 GPM using one of the following:
SAT U CA pumps OR                                                        UNSAT U Main Feedwater System. REFER TO OP/1/A16250/001 (Condensate and Feedwater System).
STANDARD:
Applicant starts 1A and/or 1 B CA pumps to achieve at least 450 gprn flow to one or more S/Cs.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 7 OF 8
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURNTG EXAMINER ON COMPLETION OFTASK DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response) has been implemented.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to perform step 6 of EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I to verify feedwater status.
 
CNS                                REACTORTRIP RESPONSE                                PAGE NO.
EP/1!A/5OOO/ES-0.i                                                                              4of30 Revision 32 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                                RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1
NOTE      Enclosure 2 (NC Temperature Control) shall remain in effect until subsequent steps provide alternative NC temperature control guidance.
: 5. Control NC temperature. REFER IQ Enclosure 2 (NC Temperature Control).
: 6. Verify feedwater status as follows:
: a. T-Avg  - LESS THAN 564&deg;F.                      a. Perform the following:
_1) WHENT-Avgislessthan564&deg;F, THEN perform Steps 6b and 6.c.
: 2)        fQ Step 6.c.
: b. All Feedwater Isolation status lights          b. Perform the following:
(1SI-5)- LIT.
: 1) Manually initiate Feedwater Isolation.
: 2) if proper status light indication is not obtained, THEN manually close valves.
: c. Total feed flow to SIG(s) GREATER
                                    -                    c. Establish feed flow to maintain at least THAN 450 GPM.                                      one SIG N/R level greater than 11% Q.
total feed flow greater than 450 GPM using one of the following:
 
                                                              . CA pumps OR
                                                          . Main Feedwater System. REFER ]
0P111A162501001 (Condensate and Feedwater System).
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
        *
          -      JPM-G Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMG Place KC In Parallel Operation Per 0P111A164001005 PA(P I flP I
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Place the KC system in parallel operation per OP/l/A16400/005 End. 4.4.
Alternate Path:    None.
Facility JPM #:    New Safety Function:    8        Title:      Component Cooling Water System KIA          008 A4.01    Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CCW indications and controls.
Rating(s):  3.3/3.1      CFR:      41.7/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location:                      Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator    X      In-Plant                      Perform        X          Simulate
 
==References:==
OP/i /A/6400/005 End. 4.4.
Task Standard:      KC pump IBI is started and lB KC HX OTLT MODE switch is placed in the KC TEMP position to place KC in parallel operation.
Validation Time:          10    minutes            Time Critical:        Yes          No  X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #            Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                /
NAME                                      SIGNATURE                  DATE COMMENTS PA(.I 9 fl1 1
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                        .JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. Reset to IC # 174.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
/                Instructor Action Reset to 100% IC with 1A2 KC pump in service.
FiI
                                                        ) Delay Ramp Delete I Eventj PA(F  1W 1
 
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 4 OF 13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPRG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I is at 100% power.
: 2. A work list item from work control to place KC on Unit I in parallel operation in preparation for Aux Safeguards Testing early on next shift.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS instructs you to place KC in parallel operation by performing End.
4.4 of OP!IIA!64001005. You are to start IBI KC pump. Initial conditions have previously been verified and signed off. You are to begin at step 2.7.
: 2. IV is waived for this JPM.
Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of 0P111A164001005 End. 4.4.
PA(F  fl 1
 
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 5 OF 13 Catawhat4uclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1:    2.7 IF placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KG Train        SAT 1A with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps:                                                          UNSAT NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.
2.7.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:
2.7.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:
A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:
2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol) 2RN-347B (KC Hx2B Inlet Isol)
STANDARD:
Applicant asks Unit 2 operator to verify which KG heat exchanger is in service and whether its respective heat exchanger inlet valve is open.
Examiner Cue: 2B KC heat exchanger is in the MINIFLOW position and 2RN-347B is open.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 13
 
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 6 OF 13 CatawbaNuclearStation JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 2:    2.7.1.1 B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN        SAT Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines RN system is in normal lineup and has a flowpath through 2B KG heat exchanger to the discharge by looking at the OAC graphic.
COMMENTS:
STEP 3:    2.7.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow,          SAT establish miniflow per 0P101A164001006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN          UNSAT flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.
STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 2.7.2 Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Isol) is open.                    SAT STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT ippiicant determines mat me red (JI-IzN iigrn ut and green (LbU uigrit dark on 1 RN-347B.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 13
 
_____
REV. 0                                                                  PAGE 7 0F13 Catawba.Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5:    2.7.3 Ensure KC HX lB OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP.                      CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT Applicant rotates KG HX I B OTLT MODE switch counter-clockwise to the KCTEMP positlo n.*..    .........
                                                              .
UNSAT This step is critical because starting a pump in this train with RN flow elevated through the KG heat exchanger, could cause letdown temperature to decrease rapidly causing a reactivity excursion due to the increased affinity for boron in the letdown demineralizers.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 2.7.4 IF letdown is in service per OPI1IA)62001001 (Chemical                  CRITICAL and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.)            STEP 2.7.4.1 Place 1KG-I 32 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp Ctrl) in                    SAT manual.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depre sses the M...b 4to ron the Co nt ro .tatip n for 1K Q1 32 ....
COMMENTS:
STEP 7: 2.7.4.2 WHILE 1KG-I 32 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp CtrI) is in manual                  SAT during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temperature stable.                                        UNSAT STANDARD:
This is a continuous action step Through the rest of the procedure the applicant will manually throttle I KC-1 32 to stabIlize letdown      .
item pera re.    .          .              .
                                                                  .        .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 13
 
______
REV. 0                                                          PAGE 8 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 8: 2.7.4.3 Record position of I NV-I 53A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv).      SAT Recorded position__________________
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant records position of I NV-i 53A to be the AUTO/DEMIN position.
COMMENTS:
STEP 9: 2.7.4.4 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify          SAT Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.                            UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:
Applicant contacts Primary Chemistry and informs them that the demineralizers will be bypassed.
EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Primary Chemistry. I understand that the letdown demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC pumps.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 13
 
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 9 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 10: 2.7.4.5 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify        SAT Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.                              UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:
EXAMINER CUE: This is Gary in Radiation Protection. I understand that the letdown demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC pumps.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11: 2.7.4.6 Place 1 NV-i 53A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) in the VCT      SAT position.
UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 13
 
_____
_
REV. 0                                                            PAGE 10 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 12: 2.7.5 Start either KG Train lB pump:                                  CRITICAL STEP L KC PUMP BI OR                                                        SAT El KG PUMP B2 UNSAT STANDARD:
Per initiating cue, applicant will start IBI KG pump by depressing the red ON pushbutton and verifying red ON light lit and green OFF light dark.
This step is critical because one B KC pump has to be started to place KC in parallel operation per the JPM standard.
COMMENTS:
STEP 13: 2.7.6      .f letdown is in service per OPI1/A16200/OO1 (Chemical        SAT and Volume Control System), WHEN KG flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.)      UNSAT 2.7.6.1 Return 1NV-153A(Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv)to the position recorded in Step 2.7.4.3.
STANDARD:
Applicant will rotate switch for I NV-I 53A clockwise to the DEMIN position, v&#xe9;rifyingthe RED light lit and WHITE light dark, and then retUrn the switch to the AUTO position.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 13
 
_____
_
REV. 0                                                                PAGE 11 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station                    -
JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 14: 2.7.6.2 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify            SAT Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service.                                          UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:
Applicant contacts Primary Chemistry and lets them know that the
:demifleraliZers have been returned to service.
EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve with Primary Chemistry. I understand that the letdown demineralizers have been returned to service.
COMMENTS:
STEP 15: 2.7.6.3    ffl letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify        SAT Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service.                                            UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:
Applicant contacts Radiation Protection and lets them know that the demineralizers have been returned to service EXAMINER CUE: This is Gary with Radiation Protection. I understand that the letdown demineralizers have been returned to service.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 11 OF 13
 
_____
__
REV. 0                                                      PAGE 12 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Statjoji JPMG Dec._2010_NRC_Exam STEP 16: 2.7.6.4 Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) to auto.      SAT UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the A pushbutton on controller for 1 KC-1 32 EXAMINER CUE: Another operator will finish the procedure. This JPM is complete.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 12 OF 13
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I is at 100% power.
: 2. A work list item from work control to place KC on Unit I in parallel operation in preparation for Aux Safeguards Testing early on next shift.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS instructs you to place KC in parallel operation by performing End.
4.4 of 0P111A164001005. You are to start IBI KC pump. Initial conditions have previously been verified and signed off. You are to begin at step 2.7.
: 2. IV is waived for this JPM.
 
Duke Energy                          Procedure No.
Catawba Nuclear Station op/l/A/6400/005 Component Cooling System                    Revision No.
112 Electronic Reference No.
Continuous Use                                    CNOO5FM6 PERFORMANCE          I
* * * * * * * * * *{JNCONTROLLEDFORPPJNT*    * * * * * * * * *
(ISSUED) PDF Format
                                          -
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/005 OpratioiiOfAdditionaL KC PumpsIParalleFPage1 of 13                    -  -
Operation
: 1. Initial Conditions 1.1  Review the Limits and Precautions.
1.2  Verify one train of KC is operating per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup).
1.3  Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to change the current KC system pump lineup.
Person notified 1.4      in Mode I or 2, ensure R3 reactivity management controls established per SOMP 01-02 (Reactivity Management). (R.M.)
: 2. Procedure 2.1  IF the KC System is in single pump operation with the idle pump in the operating train available AND KC flow requirements are> 5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.1.1      Ensure the appropriate miniflow valve is closed:
0 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) 0 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) 2.1.2    IF KC flow is> 5700 gpm, start the idle pump in the operating loop:
0 KCPlJMPA1 0 KC PUMP A2 OR Q KCPUMPBl 0 KC PUMP B2 NOTE:    One pump running is preferred as long as flow is  <  5700 gpm.
2.2  IF both KC pumps in the operating train are running AND flow in the operating train is  <
5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.2.1      IF required, throttle KC flow to the inservice KF heat exchanger as necessary to prevent KC pump runout:
0 1 KC- 149 (KF Hx 1 A Cool Wtr Otlt) 0 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt)
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/oo5 Operation Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel              Fage 2 of 13 Operation 2.2.2      Stop one of the operating pumps:
D 1 K  C PUMP Al D KCPUMPA2 OR 1J KCPUMPBl D KCPUMPB2 2.2.3      Perform the following for the KF cooling loops that are in service:
D Adjust 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125&deg;F.
D Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 Ito 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125&deg;F.
2.3  IF additional KC flow is needed AND both pumps in the operating loop are runnin g OR KC is in single pump operation with the idle pump in the operating train NOT availab le, place KC in parallel operation per Step 2.4, 2.5, 2.7 or 2.8 as applicable.
2.4  IF placing KC Train 1A in parallel operation with KC Train lB with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps:
NOTE:  RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.
2.4.1      Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:
2.4.1.1      IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:
A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:
D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Iso!)
D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)
B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.
2.4.1.2    IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.
2.4.2      Ensure 1RN-287A (KC Hx 1A Inlet Isol) is open.
2.4.3      Ensure KC HX 1A OTLT MODE  is in XC TEMP.
1
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/0o5
                  -
Operation Of Additional KG Pumps/Parallel Page 3 of 13
                    -
Operation 2.4.4          letdown is in service per OP/1/A!6200/OOl (Chemica l and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.)
2.4.4.1      Place 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) in manual.
2.4.4.2      WHILE 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) is in man ual during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temp erature stable.
2.4.4.3      Record position of 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv).
Recorded position_________________
2.4.4.4        IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Prim ary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed whil e shifting KC Pumps.
Person notified 2.4.4.5      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notif y Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed whil e shifting KC Pumps.
Person notified 2.4.4.6      Place 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) in the VCT position.
CAUTION:  5700 gpm discharge header flow per each operating KC pump shall NOT be exceeded.
2.4.5    Start either KC Train 1A pump:
Q ??KC PUMP Al OR D KCPUMPA2
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1,A!6400/oos Operation-Of Additional K Pumps/Parallel          -    Page 4 of 13 Operation 2.4.6    J*j letdown is in service per OP/1/A16200/001 (Chemical and Volume Control System), WHEN KC flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.)
2.4.6.1      Return 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) to the position recorded in Step 2.4.4.3.
2.4.6.2      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service.
Person notified 2.4.6.3      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service.
Person notified 2.4.6.4      Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) to auto.
NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.
2.4.7    IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.4.7.1      Ensure IKC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) is closed.
2.4.7.2      Start the remaining KC Train 1A pump:
C KC PUMP Al C KC PUMP A2 2.4.8    IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train 1A Pump in service, perform the following:
2.4.8.1      Start the remaining KC Train lA pump:
C KCPUMPAl C KC PUMP A2 2.4.8.2      Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/l/A/6400/oos OprationOfAdditionalKCPump&ParalleF                    -Page5ofl3 Operation NOTE:  At this point, KC Train IA and lB are in parallel service.
2.4.9      IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.4.1.2, WhEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.
2.4.10    IF Train 1A is to be secured, leaving Train lB in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), go to Step 2.6.
2.5  ! placing KC Train 1A in parallel operation with KC Train lB with the trains NOT cross-connected, complete the following steps:
NOTE:  RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.
2.5.1      Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:
2.5.1.1      IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:
A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:
D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol)
D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)
B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.
2.5.1.2      IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.
2.5.2      Ensure 1RN-287A (KC Hx 1A Inlet Isol) is open.
2.5.3      Ensure ?IKC HX 1A OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP.
2.5.4    Ensure 1KC-56A (KC To ND Hx 1A Sup Isol) is closed.
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP!1/AJ6400!0o5 Operation OfAd4litiona1KCPumps/Paraflei              Page 6 cr1 13 Operation CAUTION:    5700 gpm discharge header flow per each operating KC pump shall NOT be exceeded.
f 2.5.5      Start either KC Train lA pump:
L1 KCPUMPA1 OR D KC PUMP A2 2.5.6      Ensure 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Iso!) opens.
NOTE:  One pump running is preferred as long as flow is <5700 gpm.
2.5.7      IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.5.7.1      Ensure 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) is closed.
2.5.7.2      IF Train 1A header flow is> 5700 gpm, start the remaining KC Train 1A pump.
D KC PUMP Al  t D KC PUMP A2 2.5.8      IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train 1A Pump in service, perform the following:
2.5.8.1        Start the remaining KC Train IA pump:
D KC PUMP Al C KCPUMPA2 2.5.8.2        Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.
2.5.9      IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.5.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.
NOTE:  At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service with KC Train 1A isolated from the Aux and Rx Bldg Non-Ess Headers.
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/AJ6400/oo5 OperationOf*ddfflonalKC Pumps/Paral lei    Page 7 of 13 Operation 2.6    IF Train 1A is to be secured, leaving Train lB in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), complete the following steps:
2.6.1        Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to chan ge the current KC system pump lineup.
Person notified 2.6.2      IF KC Trains 1A and lB are NOT cross-connecte d, ensure that any component required to support unit operation is NOT bein g cooled by KC Train 1A.
2.6.3      Adjust the following flow controllers on 1MC 11 to zero gpm flow:
D 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otit)
D 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otit) 2.6.4        Stop all KC Train 1A pumps:
D KC PUMP Al D KC PUMP A2 2.6.5      Place KC HX 1A OTLT MODE in M1NIFLOW
                                                                            .
2.6.6      Perform the following for the KF cooling loops that are in service:
D Adjust 1KC-149 (KF Hx lA Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125&deg;F.
D Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 ito 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125&deg;F.
NOTE:    One pump running is preferred as long as flow is
                                                              < 5700 gpm.
2.6.7      IF KC flow requirements are < 5700 gpm AND both KC Train lB pumps are running, stop either KC Train lB pump:
D KCPUMPB1 OR D KC PUMP B2 NOTE:    At this point, KC Train lB is in service as per Encl osure 4.1 (System Startup).
2.6.8      IF RN flow has been established through compone nts other than the Unit 2 KC Hxs for RN miniflow, secure unneeded flow path s.
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1A/64oo!oo5 Operation Of Additional KG Pumps/Parallel              Page 8 Of 13 Operation 2.7    placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KC Train 1A with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps:
NOTE:  RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.
2.7.1      Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:
1 2.7.1.1    IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINiFLOW position, perform the following:
A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:
D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Iso!)
D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)
B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.
2.7.1.2    IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/O/A]6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.
2.7.2      Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Iso!) is open.
2.7.3    Ensure XC HX lB OTLT MODE is in XC TEMP.
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/Ai6400Ioo5 Operation Of Additional-KC Pumps/Parallel-              Page9ofl3 Operation 2.7.4    j letdown is in service per OP/1/A/6200/00l (Chemical and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.)
2.7.4.1      Place 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) in manual.
2.7.4.2      WHILE IKC-132 (Letdn Hx Otlt Temp Ctrl) is in manual during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temperature stable.
2.7.4.3      Record position of 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv).
Recorded position_________________
2.7.4.4      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.
Person notified 2.7.4.5      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.
Person notified 2.7.4.6      Place 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otlt 3-Way VIv) in the VCT position.
CAUTION:  5700 gpm discharge header flow per operating KC Pump shall NOT be exceeded.
1 2.7.5    Start either KC Train lB pump:
D KCPUMPBl OR D  KC  PUMP B211
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/A/6400/o05
                    -Operatioii Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel            Page 10 of 13 Operation 2.7.6        letdown is in service per OP/1/A/6200/001 (Chemical and Volume Control System), WHEN KC flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.)
2.7.6.1      Return 1NV- 1 53A (Letdn Hx Otlt 3-Way VIv) to the position recorded in Step 2.7.4.3.
2.7.6.2      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service.
Person notified 2.7.6.3      IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service.
Person notified 2.7.6.4      Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp Ctrl) to auto.
NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.
2.7.7    IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.7.7.1      Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) is closed.
2.7.7.2      Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:
D KCPUMPB1 D  KC PUMP B2 t
2.7.8  IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train lB Pump in service, perform the following:
2.7.8.1      Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:
D KCPUMPB1 D KCPUMPB2 2.7.8.2      Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP/l/A/6400/005 Operatioff Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel          -  Page Il of 13 Operation NOTE:  At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service.
2.7.9      IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.7.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.
2.7.10      IF Train lB is to be secured, leaving Train 1A in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), go to Step 2.9.
2.8  IF placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KC Train 1A with the trains NOT cross-connected, complete the following steps:
NOTE:  RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.
2.8.1      Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:
2.8.1.1      IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the TMINIFLOW position,
 
perform the following:
A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:
D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol)
[1 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Iso!)
B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.
2.8.1.2      IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.
2.8.2      Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Isol) is open.
2.8.3      Ensure KC fIX lB OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP.
2.8.4      Ensure 1KC-81B (KC To ND Hx lB Sup Isol) is closed.
 
Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/005 OperatioirOfAthlitional KC PumpsfParallel              Page 12 f 13 Operation CAUTION:  5700 gpm discharge header flow per operating KC Pump shall NOT be exceeded.
I 2.8.5      Start either KC Train lB pump:
D KCPUMPBl OR Q  ?J(c  PUMP B2 2.8.6      Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) opens NOTE:  One pump running is preferred as long as flow is  < 5700 gpm.
2.8.7      IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:
2.8.7.1      Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) is closed.
2.8.7.2        IF Train lB header flow is > 5700 gpm, start the remaining KC Train lB pump.
D KCPIJMPB1 D KC PUMP B2??
2.8.8      IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train lB Pump in service, perform the following:
2.8.8.1        Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:
D XC PUMP Bi D KC PUMP B2 2.8.8.2        Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.
2.8.9      IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.8.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.
NOTE:  At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service with KC Train lB isolated from the Aux and Rx Bldg Non-Ess Headers.
 
Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/A/6400/oo5
                -
Operation Of Additional Kt Pumps/Parallel              rage 13 of 13 Operation 2.9        Train lB is to be secured, leaving Train 1A in service as per Enclos ure 4.1 (System Startup), complete the following steps.
2.9.1      Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to change the current KC system pump lineup.
Person notified 2.9.2      IF KC Trains 1A and lB are NOT cross-connected, ensure that any component required to support unit operation is NOT being cooled by KC Train lB.
2.9.3      Adjust the following flow controllers on 1MC1 1 to zero gpm flow:
Q 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otlt)
J 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) 2.9.4      Stop all KC Train lB pumps:
C KCPUMPB1 C KC PUMP B2 2.9.5      Place KC HX lB OTLT MODW in M1NIFLOW.
2.9.6        Perform the following for the KF cooling ioops that are in service:
EJ Adjust 1KC-l49 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature <
125&deg;F.
C Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature <
125&deg;F.
NOTE:  One pump running is preferred as long as flow is    < 5700 gpm.
2.9.7      IF KC flow requirements are < 5700 gpm AND both KC Train 1A pumps are running, stop either KC Train 1A pump:
C KC PUMP Al OR C KCPUMPA2 NOTE:  At this point, KC Train 1A is in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup
                                                                                        ).
2.9.8      IF RN flow has been established through components other than the Unit 2 KC Hxs for RN miniflow, secure unneeded flow paths.
2.10  Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this procedure.
 
Catawba Nuclear Station
      -
JPIV[H Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMH Increase Level In The PRT Using 0P111A161501004 End. 4.2 PA( I fl 9fl
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH.
Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Increase level in the PRT to 72% and vent to reduce PRT pressure using OPII/A161501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2 and End. 4.5.
Alternate Path:    None.
Facility JPM #:    New.
Safety Function:      5    Title:      Pressurizer Relief Tank / Quench Tank System K!A          007 Al .01    Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the PRTS controls including: Maintaining quench tank water level within limits.
Rating(s):    2.9/3.1      CFR:      41.5/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location:                        Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator      X    In-Plant                        Perform            X      Simulate
 
==References:==
OP/1/N6150/004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) Enclosures 4.2 and 4.5.
Task Standard:      Increase PRT level to 72% and decrease PRT pressure to below 6 PSIG.
Validation Time:          10    minutes              Time Critical:        Yes          No    X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #        Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                /
NAME                                      SIGNATURE                DATE COMM ENTS PA( 9 fl1  90
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
: 2. ResettolC#171.
: 3. Enter the password.
: 4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
: 5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
: 6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
: 7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
: 8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.
/              Instructor Action                        Delay Ramp Final              Delete In Event LOA-NCOI5 NC48 PRT GAS SAMPLE
                    -
VESSEL BYP                                      40          10                1 LOA-NCOI5 NC48 PRT GAS SAMPLE
                    -
VESSEL BYP                                      0          10                3 Lower PRT Level to approx 66% and increase PRT pressure to 5.lpsig then freeze PAflP  1W 2fl
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPM H Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. PRT level is low at
: 2. PRT pressure is reading 5.2 PSIG.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. CRS directs you to increase PRT level to 72% per OP!IIA!61501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2.
: 2. Initial conditions have been previously verified and signed off.
: 3. Valves are aligned per Enclosures 4.7 and 4.8 of 0P111A161501004.
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading initiating cue, provide applicant with a copy of OPII!A161 501004 End. 4.2 with the initial conditions signed off.
PA(P 4 OP 9fl
 
Catawba Nuclear-Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1: 2.1 Ensure valves are aligned per Enclosure 4.7 (Valve        SAT Checklist).
STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Per ihitiating cue, the app.Iicantdeterrnines that this step:.is met.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2: 2.2 Ensure valves are independently verified per Enclosure 4.8 SAT (Independent Verification Valve Checklist).
STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Fer initiating cue, the app!.ic&#xe1;nt .00 term es that lii is st&#xd8;p is me  .
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station.
JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 2.3 IF level in the PRT is to be raised, complete the following  CRITICAL steps:                                                        STEP 2.3.1 Open the following valves to align the RMWST to the      SAT PRT:
UNSAT
* I NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* INC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol)
STANDARD:
Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I NC-58A and I NC 56B and verifies the red OPEN lights are lit and green CLSD lights are dark.
This step is critical because these valves need to be opened to align a flowpath for makeup to the PRT.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 2.3.2 Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump:                          CRITICAL STEP
* RX M/U WTR PUMP IA OR                                                        SAT
* RX M/U WTR PUMP IB UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant turns switch for IA    18 reactor makeup water pump clockwise to the ON position and verifies red light lit and green light dark.
This step is critical to provide makeup flow to the PRT.
COMMENTS:
PAGE6OF2O
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 2.3.3 IF at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure        CRITICAL increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5130 (PRT      STEP Press, complete the following steps:
SAT 2.3.3.1 Stop the reactor makeup water pump.
UNSAT EXAMINER NOTE: When PRT pressure increases to > 6 PSIG the applicant will perform the following.
STANDARD:
Applicant determines that PRT pressure has increased above 6 PSIG and stop the reactor makeup water pump started in the previous step.
This step is critical to setup normal PRT lineup prior to venting.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 2.3.3.2 Close the following valves:                              CRITICAL STEP
* INC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* I NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol)                    SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and the red OPEN light is dark for 1NC-58A and INC-56B.
This step is critical to setup normal PRT lineup prior to venting.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 2.3.3.3 Vent the PRT per Enclosure 4.5 (Venting the Pressurizer  SAT Relief Tank).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant describes obtaining a copy of Enclosure 4.5 of OPIIIA/61 50/004 EXAMINER CUE: Provide applicant a copy of Enclosure 4.5.
COMMENTS:
EXAMINER NOTE: The following steps are from Enclosure 4.5 to vent the PRT.
STEP 8: 1. Initial Conditions of End. 4.5                                SAT 1.1 Review the Limits and Precautions.                        UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant reviews the limits and precautions.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 1.2 Verify the PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing  SAT Normal Operating Conditions).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant will check the control copy of this OP for verification that system is aligned per Enclosure 4.1.
EXAMINER CUE: PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10: 1.3 Verify the WG System is available for PRT venting per          SAT OP/0/A/6500/003 (Radwaste Chemistry Operating Procedure for the Gaseous Waste (WG) System).                UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant will check control opy of OP/O/A/6500/003 for system yailabi!ityfpr PR venting.    .
                                                          .
EXAMINER CUE: Waste Gas System is available for PRT venting per OP!01A165001003.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 20
 
_____
__
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 2.1 IF pressure in the PRT is greater than 8 psig, lower level in    SAT the PRT per Enclosure 4.2 (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tank Level) until pressure is less than 8 psig.                UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicantdeterm nes that this ste p COMMENTS:
STEP 12: 2.2 IF the GN System is the N2 supply, close 1GN-96 (N2              SAT Supply To Unit I PRT) (AB-543, EE-543, Rm 217).
UNSAT STANDARD:
EXAMINER CUE: GN system is the N2 supply.
Applicant.will dispatch an op eratotb bcally cbsel GN-9 EXAMINER CUE: IGN-96 is closed.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 2.3  ffl Waste Gas Shutdown Decay Tank B is the N2 supply, SAT notify Radwaste Chemistry to isolate the flow path.
UNSAT STANDARD:
EXAMINER CUE: If asked, Waste Gas Decay Tank B is not the N2 supply to the PRT.
COMMENTS:
STEP 14: 2.4 Notify Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG System for      SAT venting the PRT to the WG System per 0P101A165001003 (Radwaste Chemistry Operating Procedure for the Gaseous  UNSAT Waste (WG) System).
Person notified STANDARD:
Applicant notifies Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG system for venting the PRT to the WG system per OPIOIA!65001003.
EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Radwaste Chemistry. I understand that I need to align the WG system for venting the PRT to the WG system.
EXAMINER CUE: Time compression. This is Steve with Radwaste Chemistry. The WG system is aligned for venting the PRT.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 11 0F20
 
___
___
_
Catawba Nucdear Station JPMH Dec._2010_NRC_Exam STEP 15: 2.5 Verify the following valves are open:
SAT
* I NC-53B (N2 To PRT Cont Isol)
UNSAT
* I NC-54A (N2 To PRT Cont Isol)
STANDARD:
Applicant verifies the red OPEN light lit and green CLSD light dark on 1 NC-53Band 1NC-54A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: 2.6 Coordinate the following step with Radwaste Chemi stry.          SAT STANDARD:
UNSAT Applicant coordinates steps with Radwaste Chemistry.
COMMENTS:
NOTE: In the following step, opening 1NC-48 (PRT Gas SmpI Vessel Byp) too fast may result in tripping the WG Compressor PAGE 12 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear. Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 17: 2.7 While in contact with Radwaste, slowly open I NC-48 (PRT  SAT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp) (AB-551, CC-52, Rm 250) to vent the PRT.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant dispatches operator to Rm 250 to slowly open 1 NC-48
                                                                    .
EXAMINER CUE: Operator has been dispatched.
EXAMINER NOTE: Booth operator will insert Event ito throttle open INC 48.
EXAMINER CUE: Time compression. INC-48 is throt tled open.
COMMENTS:
STEP 18: 2.8 IF Step 2.1 was performed, establish PRT level at 75% per SAT Enclosure 4.2 (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tank Level).
STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 13 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear- Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 19: 2.9 WHEN the desired PRT pressure is reached, close INC-48  _SAT (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp).
STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT When desired pressure is reached, applicant will direct dispatched operato tO ClOSe NC
                                                                    .::
                                          .
EXAMINER NOTE: When PRT pressure dec reases to 3 PSIG, then PRT pressure regulating valve from the GN system (1 NC-
: 52) will maintain pressure at 3 PSIG.
EXAMINER NOTE: Booth operator will insert Event 3 to close INC-48.
EXAMINER CUE: INC-48 is closed.
COMMENTS:
STEP 20: 2.10 Notify Radwaste Chemistry that venting of the PRT is          SAT complete.
STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT Applicant notifies Radwaste Chemistry that PRT venting is complete EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Radwaste Chem istry. I understand that PRT venting is complete.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 14 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 21: 2.11 IF necessary, repressurize the PRT as follows:                SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT Applicant COMMENTS:
NOTE: At this point, the PRT has been returned to normal alignment pe  1 Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing Normal Operating Conditions).
STEP 22: 2.12 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of        SAT this procedure.
UNSAT STANDARD:
COMMENTS:
EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant will now return to Enclosure 4.2 step 2.3.3.4.
PAGE 15 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station.
JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 23: 2.3.3.4 WHEN PRT pressure has been redu ced to 3 psig,        SAT return to Step 2.3.1.
STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT Applicant returnst step 2;3.1.
COMMENTS:
STEP 24: 2.3.1 Open the following valves to align the RMWST to the      CRITICAL PRT:
STEP
* 1 NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* I NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont lsol)                        SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies the red OPEN light lit and green CLSD light dark on valves 1 NC-58A and I NC 56B This step is critical because these valves need to be opened to align a flowpath for makeup to the PRT.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 16 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 25: 2.3.2 Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump:
CRITICAL STEP
* RX M/U WTR PUMP IA OR                                                          SAT
* RX M/U WTR PUMP IB UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant turns control switch for 1A or I B reactor makeup water pump in the clockwise direction to the ON position and verifies the red light lit and green light dark.
This step is critical to provide makeup flow to the PRT.
COMMENTS:
STEP 26: 2.3.3 IF at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure                SAT increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5130 (PRT Press, complete the following steps:                            UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step does not apply now and continues with the enclosure.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 17 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 27: 2.3.4 WHEN the desired leve l is reached, stop the reactor makeup water pump.                                              CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT When 72 % level in the PRT is reached, applicant makeup water pump started in step 2.3              stops the reactor            UNSAT
                                            .2 and verifies the green light, lit and red light dark.  .
                                    .
                                                                        .
This step is critical to return the PRT to a normal lineup per End. 4.1.
COMMENTS:
STEP 28: 2.3.5 Close the following valv es:
CRITICAL
* INC-58A (PRT Spray Supply lsol)                                STEP
* INC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol)
SAT STANDARD:
_UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pus hbutton and verifies the red OPEN light dark and green CLSD light lit on valves I NC-58A and I NC 568.          .
                              .
                                      .
                                                  .
                                                    ...
This step is critical to return the PRT to a normal lineup per End. 4.1.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 18 OF 20
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 29: 2.3.6 Align the reactor makeup water pum p used in this section  SAT as required per OPul/A161501009 (Boron Concentration Control).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant places reactor makeup water pump cont rol switch stopped in COMMENTS:
STEP 30: 2.4 IF level in the PRT is to be lowered, complete the following      SAT steps:
STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 31: 2.5 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Con trol Copy folder of this  SAT procedure.
STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 19 OF 20
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET
          -
(RETURN-TO EXAMINER UPOI COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and stat e the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM
                                                          , including any required communications. I will provide initiating cue s and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. PRT level is low at
: 2. PRT pressure is reading 5.2 PSIG.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. CRS directs you to increase PRT level to 72% per 0P111A161501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2.
: 2. Initial conditions have been previously verified and signed off.
: 3. Valves are aligned per Enclosures 4.7 and 4.8 of 0P111A161501004.
 
Duke Energy                            Procedure No.
Catawba Nuclear Station 1i /A161501004 Pressurizer Relief Tank                      Revision No.
026 Electronic Reference No.
Continuous Use                                      CNOOSFKQ PERFORMANCE
* * * * * * * * *
* UNCONTROLLED FOR PRINT    * * * * * * * * * *
(ISSUED) PDF Format
                                          -
 
Enclosure 4.2 oP/1/A1615o/oo4 AdjutingPressurizerRe1iefTankLeveI Page lof2
: 1. Initial Conditions 1.1    Review the Limits and Precautions.
1.2    IF level is to be increased, verify Reactor Makeup Water is available per OP/1/A/6 (Reactor Makeup Water).                                                              200/012 1.3    IF level is to be decreased, verify draining the deep end of the refueling cavity per OP/1/A/6200/013 (Filling, Draining, and Purification of Refueling Cavity) is NO progress.                                                                          T in 1.4    !J. level is to be decreased, verify the NCDT is in operation per (Operations Controlled Liquid Waste Syst                            OP/1/A/6500/014 ems).
1.5    IF level is to be decreased, verify one of the following:
* An N  2 overpressure is being supplied to the PRT.
* The PRT is vented through 1NC-1O1 (N      2 To PRT Test Vent).
* The PRT is vented through 1NC-51 (PZR Relief Tank Vent To Atmosphere Iso!).
: 2. Procedures 2.1    Ensure valves are aligned per Enclosure 4.7 (Valve Checklist).
2.2    Ensure valves are independently verified per Enclosure 4.8 (Independent Verification Checklist).                                                                              Valve 2.3        level in the PRT is to be raised, complete the following steps:
2.3.1        Open the following valves to align the RM WST to the PRT:
* 1NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* 1NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol) 2.3.2        Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump:
* RX M/IJ WTR PUMP 1A      11 OR
* RXMfUWTRPUMP 1W
 
Enclosure 4.2 Adjusting PresurizerRe1ietrank oP/1/A/615o/oo4 Level            Page 2 of 2 2.3.3          at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5 130 (PRT Press, complete the following steps:
2.3.3.1        Stop the reactor makeup water pum p.
2.3.3.2        Close the following valves:
* 1NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* 1NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Iso!)
2.3.3.3      Vent the PRT per Enclosure 4.5 (Ve nting the Pressurizer Relief Tank).
2.3.3.4        WHEN PRT pressure has been reduce d to 3 psig, return to Step 2.3.1.
2.3.4      WHEN the desired level is reached, stop the reactor makeup water pump.
2.3.5      Close the following valves:
* 1NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
* 1NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol) 2.3.6      Align the reactor makeup water pum p used in this section as required per OP/i /A/6 150/009 (Boron Concentrat ion Control).
2.4  IF level in the PRT is to be lowered, complete the following steps:
2.4.1      Notify Radwaste Chemistry that the PRT level will be lowered.
Person notified 2.4.2      Open 1NC-107 (PRT To NCDT Pmps Suet).
2.4.3      WHEN the desired level is reached, clos e 1NC-107 (PRT To NCDT Pmps Sue t).
2.5  Do NOT file this enclosure in the Con trol Copy folder of this procedure.
 
Duke Energy                            Procedure No.
Catawba Nuclear Station
                                                                            /A/61 50/004 Pressurizer Relief Tank                      Revision No.
026 Electronic Reference No.
Continuous Use                                      CNOOSFKQ PERFORMANCE
* * * * * * * * *
                  *JJNCQNTRQLLEDFORPPJNT      * * * * * * * * * *
(ISSUED) PDF Format
                                          -
 
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
_
___
__
Enclosure 4.5 VentingthePreurizerRe1iefTank OP/1/A16150/004 Page 1 of 2
: 1. Initial Conditions 1.1      Review the Limits and Precaution s.
1.2      Verify the PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing Normal Conditions).                                                                Operating 1.3        Verify the WG System is available for PRT venting per OP/O/A!6500 Chemistry Operating Procedure for                                          !003 (Radwaste the Gaseous Waste (WG) System
                                                                                            ).
: 2. Procedure 2.1        IF pressure in the PRT is greater than 8 psig, lower level in the PRT per (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tan                                              Enclosure 4.2 k Level) until pressure is less than 8 psig.
2.2      j the GN System is the N  2 supply, close 1GN-96 (N EE-543, Rm 217).                                      2 Supply To Unit 1 PRT) (AB
                                                                                                          -543, 2.3        IF Waste Gas Shutdown Decay Tan k RB is the N2 supply, notify Radwaste Chemis isolate the flow path.                                                                    try to Per son not ifie d
2.4      Notify Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG System for venting the PRT per OP/O/A/6500/003 (Radwaste Che                                                to the WG System mistry Operating Procedure for the (WG) System).                                                                  Gas  eous Waste Per son not ifie d
2.5      Verify the following valves are ope n:
* 1NC-53B 2    (N To PRT Cont Isol)
* 1NC-54A (N  2 To PRT Cont Iso!)
2.6      Coordinate the following step with Radwaste Chemistry.
Person notified NOTE:      In the following step, opening 1NC
                                                  -48 (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp) too tripping the WG Compressor.                                                    fast may result in 2.7      While in contact with Radwaste, slow ly open 1NC-48 (PRT Gas Smpl (AB-551, CC-52, Rm 250) to vent                                              Vessel Byp) the PRT.
2.8      IF Step 2.1 was performed, establis h PRT level at 75% per Enclosure Pressurizer Relief Tank Level).                                              4.2 (Adjusting 2.9      WHEN the desired PRT pressure is reached, close 1NC-48 (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp).
 
___
___    ___
___  ___
___  _ _________
___
Enclosure 4.5
                      -
                                -Venting the OP/l/A/61501004 Pressurizer Re lief Tank Page 2 of 2 2.10    Notify Radwaste Chemistry that ven ting of the PRT  is complete.
Person notified NOTE:    If the Primary System is being ope ned, the PRT shall NOT be rep ressurized.
2.11    IF necessary, repressurize the PRT  as follows:
2.11.1      IF the GN System is available, ope n 1GN-96 (N  2 Sup To Unit 1 PRT) (AB-5 EE-53, Rm 217) to supply N2 overpressure to the PRT.                            43, 2.11.2      IF the GN System is unavailable, notify Radwaste Chemistry to alig Shutdown Decay Tank B to sup                                          n Waste Gas ply N2 overpressure to the PRT.
Per son notified 2.11.3    Verify the PRT pressure is being maintained at 3 psig.
NOTE:    At this point, the PRT has been ret urned to normal alignment per En Normal Operating Conditions).                                            closure 4.1 (Establishing 2.12    Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this proced ure.
 
Co 0
0 0
L()
o
        =
CU CU ci)  LU o
0 0  L.10
-Q Ci CU    G)
CU C-)
Cl) 0 Cu Cl)
 
___
___
___
___
__
___
___
___
___
__
_
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              Start MG set 1A per OP/l/N6150/008 (Rod Control) End. 4.2.
Alternate Path:    None.
Facility JPM #:    IRE-103 Safety Function:      I    Title:      Control Rod Drive System KIA          001 A4.08    Ability to manually operate and/or mo nitor in the control room: operation of rod control M/G sets and control panel.
Rating(s):    3.7/3.4      CFR:      41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location:
Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator            In-Plant        X              Perform                      Simulate X
 
==References:==
OP/I /N6150f008 (Rod Control) End.
4.2 (First Motor-Generator Startup)
Task Standard:    M/G set 1A placed in service with the Motor and Generator circuit breakers closed and voltage at 260V.
Validation Time          10    minutes            Time Critical            Yes          No    X Applicant:
Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #          Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT            UNSAT Performance Time Examiner:
NAME                                                              I SIGNATURE                    DATE COMMENTS PAtP 9 PIP Q
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and stat e the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cue s and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I startup is in progress.
: 2. All sign-offs for Mode 2 are complete.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to start MIG set IA per End. 4.2 of 0P111A161501008 (Rod Control).
: 2. The initial conditions of End. 4.2 hav e been satisfied.
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading the init iating cue, provide applicant with a copy OP!11A161501008 End. 4.2 with the initial                              of conditions signed off.
PA(P
 
Catawba Nuclear Statioft JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1: 3.1 Ensure the M-G set VOLTAGE ADJUST potentiometer is              SAT set at the mid point.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant verifies the white line in the uppe.r left corner is aligned with onthe Volta g.c...A dju st Pote nlip me te r.  . . .
EXAMINER NOTE: There is a locking device on the potentiometer.
EXAMINER CUE: Voltage adjust is set at midpoint COMMENTS:
STEP 2: 3.2 Verify the SYNCHRONIZE switch is in the OFF position.          SAT STANDARD:                                                                      UNSAT Applicant determines the key alignment tab is in line with the OFF position..                                .. ...
EXAMINER CUE: SYNCHRONIZE switch is in the OFF position.
COMMENTS:
PAGE4OF9
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3.3 Ensure the voltmeter switch is in position A-B.        SAT STANDARD:                                                            UNSAT Applicant places the voltmeter switch handle to the A-B position EXAMINER CUE: Voltmeter switch handle is in the A-B position.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 3.4 Ensure the ammeter switch is in position A.            SAT STANDARD:                                                            UNSAT Apphcant places the ammeter switch handle to position A EXAMINER CUE: Ammeter switch handle is in position A.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 9
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3.5 For the M-G set to be put in operation, turn the MOTOR        CRITICAL circuit breaker control switch to the CLOSE position.      STEP STANDARD:                                                                  _SAT Applicant turns the 1 MOTOR circuit breaker control switch to.the  E UNSAT CLOSE position for IAM/G set and verifies the red CLOSEDlight lit and green OPEN light dark.
EXAMINER CUE: M!G set IA red CLOSED light is lit, there is a sound of breaker closing, and M/G set is heard coming up to speed.
This step is critical because it starts the MIG set motor.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 3.6 Allow 15 seconds to obtain full rated speed.                      SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT Applicant waits 15 seconds before continuing EXAMINER CUE: 15 seconds have elapsed.
COMMENTS:
NOTE    If this procedure is being performed to support an uncoupled run of the M-G Set motor only, then the remaining steps of this enclosure may be NIAd Step 2.7.1 may be signed off after releasing the GEN. FIELD FLASH pushbUtton.
PAGE 6 OF 9
 
                                -Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3.7 Establish initial field voltage as follows:                    CRITICAL STEP 3.7.lDepress and hold the GEN. FIELD FLASH pushbutton until the following:                                    SAT Generator voltage increases to approximately 260    UNSAT volts on GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.
LI Generator voltage stabilizes.
STANDARD:
Applicant depresses and holds the GEN FIELD FLASH pushbutton, Ioo ks forvoltage to. increase to 260 yo Its, and forvoltage  tabilize EXAMINER CUE: GEN FIELD FLASH button has been depressed.
Generator voltage is 260 volts and stable on the GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.
This step is critical because it flashes the generator field necessary for the MIG set to produce proper voltage.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8: 3.7.2 IF necessary, turn the VOLTAGE ADJUST to obtain 260          SAT VAC on the GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant verifies generator voltage has increased to 260 volts on    .
GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.                    .  .
EXAMINER CUE: GENERATOR LINE VOLTS indicates 260 volts.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 9
 
                          -*  Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 3.8 Turn the GENERATOR circuit breakercontrol switch to the          CRITICAL CLOSE position.                                                STEP STANDARD:                                                                        SAT Applicant rotates the GENERATOR circuit breaker control switch to            UNSAT the CLOSE position and verifies the red CLOSED light is lit and green OPEN light is dark.                                              .    . ..
EXAMINER CUE: GENERATOR circuit breaker red CLOSED light is lit.
This step is critical because it closes the generator breaker, placing the M/G set in service.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10: 3.9 File this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this              SAT procedure.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant states they will file the enclosure in the Control Copy folder of the proc ed ure.
EXAMINER CUE: Enclosure has been filed in the proper folder.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 8 OF 9
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All-control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit I startup is in progress.
: 2. All sign-offs for Mode 2 are complete.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CRS instructs you to start M/G set IA per End. 4.2 of OPIIIAI6I-501008 (Rod Control).
: 2. The initial conditions of End. 4.2 have been satisfied.
 
CD ()
          *
          *
          *
          *
          *c
:
          *
* 0 H
0        &#xa9;
 
                  &#xa9; H
        *
        *
* rn 0
C 2
0 CD UI -    &#xa9;
                    &#xa9; rJD    00 p
 
n                                                                                                                      n JJ                              t)
  -  tj    J
                                                                                      .
D    D    D                                                    .
rr                                                                        Cl)
DU              CD DDDD          0 C  D                    t  -t Cl) Cl)                                                                                            CD
                                                          -t                                                      C j                                                                              Cl)O
  ,-  -t        -t                                                                                  Cl)    t CD  CD        CD                  CD
      -                              -t                                                                          -    -t CD                  0=                          .
0                                                        -t CD  CD    CD                                                                                            0      CD Cu Cl) Cl) Cl)      -t  . CDQ-      v Cl)  Cl)                            -f p                                                            CD CD  CD  CD
                                                              -  -  -                      C)      Li CD            -t C)  CD  CD                                          CD                                    )    CD
            -
Cl)  Cl)      P            CD    CD                                          cD I    CD                H    I-                                      Cl)                        CD CD  -    <                                              I                            -    C)
                      -    -
Cl)
CD                            CD                      CD                                _-t    -0  0        PC Cl)  -    -  Cl)
-    CD    C)                                            -t                                          Cl)
CD  -          CD    t-      Cl)  D
-t  CD              CD    CD  -                                                                                  -tq CIQ                                                            cIQ  C      (DC Cl)  -                  =  t  z-  ci                  0                                                                z
. Cl)                                                                                                                  C,)
v__i CD  CD          CD oo ZHH                                        C)      Cl) c-.        CD      cCl)                                      Cl)  -t
.    .              C)              CD      CD          -I                                =    CD C)  -                                  CD  -t          CD H                                  p c            p    -    -
r-    o  -    0    :r    CD                                D Cl)                C    .
I,  Cl)          o    -    CD                                      CDC)                    0<
Cl) oo                  CD Cl)      -s            0   
                                                                            =                                    0<
                      <
CD                                      p        C)      -t  CD
                                      -t p
tJ                                                              Cd) r                                                      CD    CD              C
* CD    CD 0                            CD      1 Cl)
C)  -f                                                              PC            -t
                                                                                          -    l-I CD II                  Ij  CD CD
 
Cl)
S    CD
                                                        -t
                                                        -t CD
* 0-S CC
                                                                                                                  -t CD                                            Cl)
ON CD O
rj
              =
CD
                -.
CD CD        Cl)
                                  -
SCD Cl)
CD C-)
CD
                                                                                                -t 0-
                                                                                                                  -t
* CD Cl)
Cl)
                                                                                                                      =
Ii JD Cl)
            =            t C)
I-I                                                            5; CD  p    o                        CD CD                                      0                                                        CD oCl)      p                                                                    C/D
          .
CD                                CD
                -t    o                                  S                      C)
                          -
                      -t  CD                                                    -t o    Cl)                                      P                      C)
Cl)        -t
                    -t                                                                                                CD CD  CD                          0
                -                                                                              CD              Cl)
SCD
                                                                                -t CD                                -t                      CD rj p                              CD
                    -t                                p                                      -t                            P CD  0                            -t                            CD                              CD CD    0-                      -t                                            CD C)                                                          Cl)
S                                                                                                -    CD CD                                                          -t p                                                          -t                            Crq 0
0                                H                                            0-              CD    -*
Cl)
C-)                      CD            CD C)                                                          0-
* CD
                -t                                                                                                                C 0                              p                                                C p                                                          Cl)                                  CD P            C l)                                                                        CD                    C-)          00
                                                                                                                      -t C
 
_
__
0                                                    n ccoo H                              *      *
 
                            .                    C
                                  =
CD CD                            -
D      D                        CD  ClD
                            -e
  -t E                  -
Ct                                          rf CD-t rj CD
                  -t CD E
CD 0            0                        CD CD      -.
(-)    -
o    o
                      =
CD          CD CD  CD  o  CD                                CD
(  0 o    -                    Tj        CD .
00                  C    -t                           
  -                                      CDCD Z          -t        Cd)    -
CI)              -
Cd)
CD  00 CD                            D  -      CD tCID CD                    0  L
  -t        C o                                                      CD c                            -  CD&deg;
                        -t            CD  O&#xe7;)
Cd)
H                -
CDC)
Ct  C    C
      -                    Cl) o CD                                CD 2                                  r(                CD CD            E 0  C o              CD C
C                                CD    tJ CD
      -                                                C)
                                    -e_                C      j C
C                                          -t      C a                    C C
CD                  C CD                              -
C                          00 H                                .
0                                C)
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMJ Place lB Hydrogen Recombiner In Service PA1F I OR I
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:                Place lB hydrogen recombiner in service per OP/1/A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End. 4.10.
Alternate Path:      None.
Facility JPM #:      VX-025 Safety Function:        5    Title:      Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control System KJA          028 A2.01      Malfunctions or operations on the HRPS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Hydrogen recombiner power setting, determined by using plant data book.
Ratinci(s):    3.4 / 3.6    CFR:      41.5 /43.5 / 45.3 /45.13 Preferred Evaluation Location:                        Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator              In-Plant        X            Perform                    Simulate      X
 
==References:==
OP/1/A/6450/010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) end. 4.10.
Task Standard:        Hydrogen recombiner I B is placed in service with the Power Adjust POT set to approximately 58 KW per figure 10 in the revised Data Book.
Validation Time:          15    minutes              Time Critical:        Yes          No    X Applicant:                                                                  Time Start:
NAME                          Docket #        Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT              UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                                  /
NAME                                    SIGNATURE                  DATE COMMENTS 9 01  1
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
: 2. Hydrogen Recombiner IA is tagged out for maintenance.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The CRS directs you to place Hydrogen Recombiner lB in service at the required power per OPII!A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End. 4.10, steps 2.1 through 2.3.
: 2. All initial conditions are complete.
: 3. Containment hydrogen concentration is 5%.
: 4. Containment pressure is 4.5 PSIG.
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading cue provide applicant with a copy of OPIIIA/6450!0l 0 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End.
4.10 with the initial conditions signed off.
PAt    flF 1
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1: 3.1 Ensure the H2 Skimmer Fans running per Enclosure 4.13                    SAT (Emergency Manual Operation of the H2 Skimmer Fans).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant can sign this step off after providing EXAMINER CUE.
EXAMINER CUE: IA and lB Hydrogen Skimmer fans are in operation.
COMMENTS:
CAUTION: The maximum electric hydrogen recombiner heater temperature is 1400&deg;F.
NOTE: 1. Temperature stabilization may take up to 5 hours. The heater temperatures are considered stabilized when the channels are within 60&deg;F of each other and the average temperature is 1225&deg;F. (CNM-1 399.36-001 0)
: 2. Hydrogen Recombiner Heater IA Temperature is monitored from IVXCR5000 (Train A Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Recorder) located on I ELCPO299 (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494).
: 3. 1VXCR5000 is a touch screen video monitor. Touching the screen while in screen saver mode will display the main menu. The thermocouple temperatures will be displayed when the Digital icon is selected. The Return icon on the lower_left_of the_screen_returns_to_the_main_menu._j,,
STEP 2: 3.2 IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service, perform the                SAT following at 1ELCPOI39 (IA Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494):                                        UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step is N/A.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 4 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3.3 IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner I B in service, perform the  SAT following at IELCPO14O lB Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-560, DD-52, Rm 370):                          UNSAT 3.3.1 Ensure the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.
STANDARD:
Applicant determines per initiatingue that I B Hydrogen Recombiner will be placed in service and proceeds to Rm 370. Applicant ensures the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position on IELCPOI4O.
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 3.3.2 Ensure the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero    SAT (000).
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant ensures the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero (oQQ)                                        .
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER ADJUST pot is set to zero (000).
COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3.3.3 if the POWER IN AVAILABLE light is DARK, ensure            SAT 1 EMXL-FO7C (1 B Electric Hydrogen Recombiner Power Supply Panel) (AB-560, BB-47) is in the ON position:    UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines the white POWER IN AVAILABLE light is lit, and from EXAMINER CUE will determinethis step is NIA.
EXAMINER CUE: The white POWER IN AVAILABLE light is lit.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 3.3.4 Place the POWER OUT SWITCH in the ON position.        CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:
SAT Applicant places the POWER OUT SWITCH up to the ON positio1ii UNSAT This step is critical because it supplies power to the I B Hydrogen Recombiner.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3.3.5 Verify that the red indicating light is lit.                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                    UNSAT Applicant verifies that the red light on th &#xe7;. Switch plate i.. Ii EXAMINER CUE: Red light on the switch plate is lit.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8: 3.3.6 Slowly turn the POWER ADJUST potentiometer                  SAT clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.                                                      _UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.                          ..
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter is indicating 5 KW.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 3.3.7 Maintain a 5 KW output for 10 minutes.                      SAT STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT Applicantrraintains5kWpoweroutput for 10 minutes EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 10 minutes has elapsed.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10: 3.3.8 Slowly advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an        SAT output of 10 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 10 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates 10 KW.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 13
 
_____
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 3.3.9 Maintain a 10 KW output for 10 minutes.                    SAT STANDARD:                                                                UNSAT Applicant maintains a 10 KW power output for 10 minutes.
EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 10 minutes has elapsed.
COMMENTS:
STEP 12: 3.3.10 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output        SAT of 20 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.
UNSAT STANDARD:
plicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 20 KW is indicated pn the POWER OUT meter.
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates 20 KW.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 3.3.11 Maintain a20 KWoutputfor5 minutes.              SAT STANDARD:                                                      UNSAT Applicant maintains a 20 KW power output for 5 minutes.
EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 5 minutes have elapsed.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 14: 3.3.12 Determine Hydrogen Recombiner 18 power setting as        CRITICAL follows:                                                STEP 3.3.12.1 Determine KW value from Figure 10 of the Unit One Revised Data Book.                          SAT 3.3.12.2  H2 concentration (IMC7)                        UNSAT 3.3.12.3 IF H2 concentration is> 3.5%, add 4KW to calculation.
3.3.12.4 Calculate tKW as follows:
                                          &#xf7;            =        KW 3.3.12.1      3.3.12.3 STANDARD:
Applicant determines proper setting from figure 10 of the Revised Data Book.
EXAMINER NOTE: Provide applicant with a copy of Revised Data Book figure 10.
EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant should determine proper power setting should be approximately 58 KW.
This step is critical because it determines the proper power output going to the Hydrogen Recombiner for the given containment pressure.
COMMENTS:
PAGE liCE 13
 
Catawba Nuclear Station 1*                                              JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 15: 3.3.13 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until the            CRITICAL POWER OUT meter indicates the value calculated in    STEP 3.3.12.4. Adjust POWER ADJUST as necessary to maintain this output.                                    SAT STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT Applicant adjusts the potentiometer until 58 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.
EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates approximately 58 KW.
This step is critical because it sets the proper power output to the Hydrogen Recombiner that was calculated in the previous step.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: 3.3.14 Notify NCO that Hydrogen Recombiner lB is now in            SAT service. Person notified UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant notifies Unit I control room that I B Hydrogen Recombiner is in service.
EXAMINER CUE: Unit I Control room, this is Greg. I understand that lB Hydrogen Recombiner is in service. Another operator will complete this enclosure. This JPM is corn plete.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 12 OF 13
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
: 2. Hydrogen Recombiner IA is tagged out for maintenance.
INITIATING CUES:
I. The CR5 directs you to place Hydrogen Recombiner lB in service at the required power per 0P111A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) end. 4.10, steps 2.1 through 2.3.
: 2. All initial conditions are complete.
: 3. Containment hydrogen concentration is 5%.
: 4. Containment pressure is 4.5 P51G.
 
n
      *
    *.
    *
:
    *c
:
    *
    *
                -.
H jtT rj
 
    *
    *
    *
    *
    *
    *
  .  *
(D 0
                .
o    o_      -
                  .-.-
CD CD
                  . p
              &#xa9;    Ui Ui        &#xa9; CD
                  &#xa9; p
 
n      fl
 
      -        iJ    -                              )J Tj                      C            ...
  -t
        -t    CD  -tCD C)
CDC)
                      . C) 0 CD
                          -t  C) 000 fr_
C) cd C)
 
c)
C)
                                                .
c,
(_)
0 0
                                                      .
_*
J H
CD 0
CD CID                                .  .
                                      -t-            0        C)
CD  -
CD t
(DC)
 
C)
              -t 0
0 CD iv 2 a
Ct)  CD    CD
                                                      -
H CD CD C) 0 C)
CD p.z C
CD                      OC-d CD            -eCD                  C)  0 CD  CD    -t CD                                      )
Izr 0                      00              c-O
                                                          -    -t CD 1* .
C                                            C)  CD 1          (-)-                                -t CD LI pzO Q
CD CD (Xo CD  ,
C) 0 0
              -t E.
0                                               
                            -t                                -t 0              :r1                    -d CD              -t CD
                            -t CD  C)
CD                -T  -
CD                          C)        -
C)              z C
0-o            -                  .
0 e
CD                      .
                            -t
            -t              )
                            -&#xf7;      0      )
0 CD CD      -t CDN Li
 
EE; CD
                                                          -t CD I.
cCd
                                                    +-  -
CD C)
                                          -                            C)
: s.            C)
I      cj t-C
                                                    -                      C C
CD C
I          I
 
Enclosure 4.10 OP/1!A/6450/010 Operation of the Hydrogen Recombiners              Page 2 of 7 Following a LOCA C CAUTION:    Hydrogen Recombiners are NOT operated with hydrogen concentration TSC approval.
6% without NOTE:  1. If desired to place both Hydrogen Recombiners in service, Steps 3.2 and 3.3 maybe performed in conjunction.
: 2. If desired to place both Hydrogen Recombiners in service, use additional Enclosure 4.11 (Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Log).
: 3. Placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service is preferred for ALARA consideration.
3.2    IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service, perform the following at 1ELCPO 139 (IA Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494):
D 3.2.1      Ensure the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.
D 3.2.2      Ensure the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero (000).
3.2.3      IF the POWER TN AVAILABLE light is DARK, ensure 1EMXK-FO7C (IA Electric Hydrogen Recombiner Power Supply Panel) (AB-577, BB-47) is in the ON position:
D 3.2.4      Place the POWER OUT SWITCH in the ON position D 3.2.5      Verify that the red indicating light is lit.
D 3.2.6      Slowly turn the POWER ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.
D 3.2.7      Maintain a 5 KW output for 10 minutes.
D 3.2.8      Slowly advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output of 10 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.
D 3.2.9      Maintain a 10 KW output for 10 minutes.
D 3.2.10    Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output of 20 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.
D 3.2.11    Maintain a 20 KW output for 5 minutes.
 
Enclosure 4.10 OP/l/A/6450/0 10 Operation of the Hydrogen Recombiners                      Page 3 of 7 Following a LOCA 3.2.12      Determine Hydrogen Recombiner 1A power setting as follows:
3.2.12.1    Determine KW value from Figure 10 of the Unit One Revised Data Book.              KW VALUE 3.2.12.2      2 concentration (1MC7)
H                                          %
3.2.12.3      IF H 2 concentration is      >  3.5%, add 4KW to calculation.
3.2.12.4      Calculate KW as follows:
                                                        +                            KW Step 3.2.12.1    Step 3.2.12.3 orN/A 3.2.13      Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until the POWER OUT meter indicates the value calculated in 3.2.12.4. Adjust POWER ADJUST as necessary to maintain this output.
3.2.14      Notify NCO that Hydrogen Recombiner 1A is now in service.
Person notified
[ CAUTION:    The maximum electric hydrogen recombiner heater temperature is 1400&deg;F.
C    NOTE:  1. Temperature stabilization may take up to 5 hours. The heater temperatures are considered stabilized when the channels are within 60&deg;F of each other and the average temperature is 1225&deg;F. (CNM-1399.36-0010)
: 2. Hydrogen Recombiner Heater 1A Temperature is monitored from 1VXCR5000 (Train A Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Recorder) located on 1ELCPO299 (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494).
: 3. IVXCR5000 is a touch screen video monitor. Touching the screen while in screen saver mode will display the main menu. The thermocouple temperatures will be displayed when the Digital icon is selected. The Return icon on the lower left of the screen returns to the main menu.
D 3.2.15      Record hourly the Hydrogen Recombiner 1 A Heater Temperature for each of the three thermocouples on Enclosure 4.11 (Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Log) until stabilized.
C:
 
_
: 0.                                                                                  0 C                                                    El          C L)  rrj
 
C CD
                                                    -to                              CD
 
C)CDQ              I                ?                                    I            -.
C)                        CD
* CD*
I  E..                            CD                    CD,
                            .        C)                  )_                      Q-C)
I        -tc,)
rt-    CD (J    Z
                                -t
* C C
 
C)    -
                                            -
CD                              I-        C)
    -C                                            C C                                                                              (Do
    )-t              ii
                                                                -
0D I
C)
CD      _C      C) 0D H        I        CD  I                                              (DI>
    -              -  I                          CD                                      .
            . CD                  I          C                                    -t I
CD
          -    CD  I          I I                t()                    5D    H CD                                                                            (DCD
                                                                  -t CDH                                          (DC)              CD
                                                  -to C
IC                                            CD I                            IV CD    r4                                              -
C)          C)
V                                    Cl)    /
C CD CD    C C)                                        C        CD
        -t                                                        CD                      C>
CD                                    C)
                                                            -    C<
* Cl rj CD CD C                                      C
 
LI    LI  LI      LI  LI      LI  LI  LI            LI    LI H          H                                -    I
                                                ;      ;.                H c        oo              cd)          J    J    ;
o H H        H                    OC/)
c:  Q..                        L  CD                                                                        C) 0                    HH                    p  CD        _0            Q- C Cd)    CD    .                                                                        -t.                Cd)
Cl) 0      Cl)      D                                            S.
                                                                                                        -t    -      C)
                                                    . 00        CD                                      CD    CD E                                          +        0    =
                                                        .CD      c-)                                        C-t  C-f gc)                                                            S.            5*              C)            -    -              C)
 
                                                              )                                            CD    CD C
t)                    U          -                                              -t CD                  Cl)                          0        0                          -    0 C)
CCD                      CD                                        o    o      CDC) 0                0 CD                    C                            h5$                                                      C-)S
                                                    *            ,CD        C C)                  0              CD                        -
00        j&#xa9; N
C CD    CD                                                                                    _f C  -    C)                            CD                                                                              t  CD C) -                                                                              0      0-t Y  CD            CD                                      C)
CD Cl)5              +                    C)                                          H Cd)
                                            .
0 0                                                  5>        -    H CD                    C                            0th (1)                              -t                                                  LI)
CD                                      <  Q_
C)  5LI)                -)                                              0      C a                        o                                                                                -      * ,CD N                        CD CD  -t                -t                Cl)      C)
S                        C                                -)  ;:5C__
0 C-)    -t                . CD                    Cd) g
                                                                                              =
Ci SH=
CD                          CD    -
z      Cd)            0                                                                              I    CD CDf)                                                =    C.tt.
CD                                                                          CD      =
    -i                                      S                                i  -to                        .    .
                      >  II                    0            Cl)
H=                -t      C-f                  Cd) p Ij                              CD                      o Cl)                  CD (TQ  CD                    CD                                        S.
Cl)                                    -t  Cd)                                C CD  CD                                          o              -t    CD
 
C S
CD CD                        o                                                                      ,-c    t          -t CD                      Cd)                CD    Cl) o  i                                  -t                      CD    -h C)            -CD          -Ii    C Cl)
Cl)
CD C
CD                                                C              N    0     
                                              =                      C                                    CD    Cl)    0.
C)                                        0 CD C
0 t Ti
                                                                      -t C
CD                        C S
LI)
Cd)
CD
                  -
f-f CD V        CD Cl) 0 It-C)
CD                                                    Cl)()                                    U 0
Cl)                        S.,.                      0          0 0
I
 
n                                                                                          Th C
 
Q          Q                                                C
                                          -.                              iVH              H ON        (M CD  CD  Q                        Z      CD j                CD
                                                                  -    -t
[]                                        .00 CD H                              CDCD
                        -I ON  ON                            C        CDCD          CZ-CD CD                        CDo J
C          C                              CD  C 4CD      t                  -
CDC                C II  CD          CD
  /)._
H                -                                    CDCD    cc CDCD        CD                                                  -  -t  cc          -. CD    .
o      -
                      -                                                    C CD            CDZ
                  -                              CDt                      I  CD-.
CD                                -.-    C                -t CD                                  CD      CD  CD                    C CD                        O                                                              cr j-                    c                      HCD H                        CD
  ;        CLC*:                                                CD      i C    CD                                                              -t          C o                            rCD              HCD        H                .CD      CD
                                                                                -          CD rTj                                                                                  C NCD C)          CD-CD CD    CD                              CD        ON C
                                                                -t  -t o                                                t        CD  -
CD              C CD CD                                  C                                C t      CD    CD                                                  CD CD  CD    C  CD                                                                    CD
    ...  -      -                                      CD CD                                                        C                          -      .
    -t                                                                                    CD CD                        CD                                        CCD H  CD    CD              -?              C CD    -        CD    CD  CD CD                                                        CD                          -t
          -t C  CD                              CD      CD
    -    HC        C    CD                                                          CD*
CD              C)              CD H CDC)                                            -    E CD                                                                    -t
                                                    -  CD    CC              -CD        CD IV          iD                              CDCD                                      .
CD Ci)                    I          C                            CD
            -t  CD  C CD                                                                        CD r-CD  CD                                                                        -
    <    )CD          ,  C                                          ><        CD          c Cl) CD  (IQ          * -t      C)
CD    Ci)          -                      0 CD C
CD                          ()                      o  CD CD          CDCD.        C CD                                                                                          ON CD    CDt-                                                1 Co C                                      -
CD C  <                        1 CD                    C C CD    -              C  CD                                                    CD C
CD                                  do                    U.
Z                                                                        CDC                    C CD            C                      I                                    C CD                        -t CD ON            -                      C C                                  -CCD          C              CD C                          CD 0
C  D
 
n H
I I            -                    C
 
I Ic                                                            I      I I                                  tj          D              I      I H    C)&deg;        H    C                                      H      H CD C                                                        CD<
CD              CD tjj
_1    -
                                =
c CD  -
                                        -
C C                                      (-) i l
                                                                                                    .
CD-                              CCD S.                                CCD                                                    CD (iQ CD                            (/)I:CD
. 0>        CDC          >c                                                CD    -.
CD C                        H-            CD  o          CDI        -
H                H                            oz fl C    Cl)  Cl)        CI)  Cl) CD H    O            H  &deg;                        I C            =  S H                                          CD      i            0 (Th  C          -.
CDCiD C    g                            I    -                  .CD Q          CD              CD  CDcdD        CD )-1                                      s c CD              I                              0 C  0        &#xa9;
<                                          50    -<5    =)            Cl)    ()  >
                          -
* CD>                    .        C 0_              C_S            C)      Zi C        CD                                              CD
                                                          >11 CD    CD          CD  CD                                          I    eiij r+    -t                                                      CD CD    CD  CD    ,.CD      CD CD              CD E.Ci)                                    S C    C    C    C-t  C    C    Ci                        I          CD
)+,                                                                                        CD CD              CD                                                  CD
--    -+                                  CD C                                                        CD CD                                CD Cj)      CD              CD CD                CD  -CD      5 C          0                C                                                        -    CD CD                                        CD t3  p CD    -    CD              CD                                                  CD CD                CD                        5  ,
CD C    h                                                                      C
                                                        -            I
-t  _+;        ..
2 CD                CD              5                                V CD                CD                          -
                          -                                          LJ                        CD 0      -        CD
                                      -  4        .
C 0              CD                              Ui                        i
    -rj                      C                          Q                C N        C        N                                        -              CD CD              CD              Cl)                                        . . o..
d                                  C C                  C                                                              CD Cl)            . CI)                    -
    *
* C                      H C
    .
C            H                                -
Ui                      -
C
 
(M) JMOd Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMK 2B DIG Start Using AP121A155001007 PA( I flF 19
 
_______
________
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task:              2B DIG local start using AP/2/A155001007 (Loss of Normal Power).
Alternate Path:    Yes.
Facility JPM #:    DG3-009 Safety Function:      6      Title:    Emergency Diesel Generators KIA          064 A4.01    Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Local and remote operation of the ED/G.
Rating(s):    4.0/4.3    CFR:      41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location:                      Preferred Evaluation Method:
Simulator            In-Plant          X            Perform                    Simulate        X
 
==References:==
AP/2/A/5500/007 (Loss of Normal Power) End. 11.
Task Standard:      2B D/G started locally. When it is discovered that no cooling water is available, the D/G is shutdown.
Validation Time:          16    minutes            Time Critical:          Yes          No      X Applicant:                                                                Time Start:
NAME                        Docket #          Time Finish:
Performance Rating: SAT            UNSAT                                  Performance Time Examiner:                                                                              I NAME                                    SIGNATURE                    DATE COM ME NTS PA(F 9 fl1 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK c                                      Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 has experienced a loss of all AC power to 2ETB.
: 2. The reason for the loss of AC power has been corrected.
: 3. 2ETB load shed is complete.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The control room has instructed you to energize 2ETB from 2B DIG by performing AP121A155001007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.
: 2. Peer checks have been waived for this task.
EXAMINER NOTE: After reading initiating cue, provide applicant with a copy of AP!21AI5500!007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.
PA(r  flP 19
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:
STEP 1: 1. Obtainthefollowing:                                            SAT U Key #757 (2A12B DIG Test Start Switch) from WCC Key          UNSAT Locker U Flashlight.
STANDARD:
Applicant states that they would obtain key #757 from the WCC and a flashIight..,
EXAMINER CUE: Key #757 and flashlight have been obtained.
COMMENTS:
STEP 2: 2. Do not continue in this enclosure until notified that load shed SAT of 2ETB is complete.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant                          cue that the load shed is complete COMMENTS:
PAGE 4 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3. Locally start DIG 2B as follows:                            CRITICAL STEP
: a. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MCI I in the LOCAL position.      SAT STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT Applicant notifies the control room to pIa(G control Ioci to the LOCAL position EXAMINER CUE: When requested Control room operator reports that 2B DIG control location is in the LOCAL position.
This step is critical because it must be performed in order for the DIG to be started locally.
COMMENTS:
STEP 4: 3b. IF unable to transfer diesel to Local Control, THEN actuate    SAT the CONTROL ROOM OVERRIDE at the breakglass station on 2DGCPB.                                          UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant determines that this step is N/A COMMENTS:
PAGE 5 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3c. Place the key in the MANUAL TEST START keyswitch and        CRITICAL turn to the START position.                                STEP STANDARD:                                                                    SAT places key in the MANUAL tEST StARt eyswitch and              UNSAT rotates the key clockwise to the START position. Applicant listens for the DIG to start and come up to normal rated speed.
EXAMINER CUE: The Diesel has started.
This step is critical because it must be performed to locally start the DIG and meet the JPM standard.
COMMENTS:
STEP 6: 3d. Ensure SPEED CONTROL is adjusted to obtain frequency          SAT of between 58.8 and 61.2 Hz.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant locates the DIG frequency meter and indicates they are looking for between 58 8 and 61 2 Hz EXAMINER CUE: Frequency is reading 60 Hz.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 6 OF 12
 
_____
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3e. Ensure VOLTAGE CONTROL is adjusted to obtain DIG              SAT VOLTAGE between 4160 and 4600 Volts.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant locates the D/G voltage ter and explains that he is looking for voltage to be between 4160 and 4600 Volts.                      4 EXAMINER CUE: Voltage is 4000 Volts.
After examiner cue is given, applicant uses the VOLTAGE CQNTROL RAISE pushbutton to increase voltage into the desired band.
EXAMINER CUE: Voltage is 4200 Volts.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8: 4. WHEN the D/G is running, THEN close DIESEL                      SAT GENERATOR 2B breaker.
UNSAT STANDARD:
Applicant indicates that the D/G is running at proper frequency and voltage, and closes 2B D/G breaker by depressing the red CLOSE pushbutton and verifying the red CLSD light is lit and green OPEN light is dark on DIESEL GEN BKR 2ETBI8 CLOSE/TRIP switch.                  A EXAMINER CUE: Red CLSD light is lit.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 7 OF 12
 
_____
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 5. IF DIG breaker will not close, THEN:                                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                        UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10: 6. Close the following essential load center normal incoming            SAT breakers:
UNSAT El 2ELXB-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 2ETXB) (AB-560, AA-67, Rm 362) o 2ELXD-4B      (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed from Xfmr 2ETXD) (AB-560, AA-68, Rm 362).
STANDARD:
Applicant closes breakers 2ELXB-4B and 2ELXD-4B bytating the CLOSE/TRIP handles clockwise to the CLOSE position and verifying the red light is lit and green light dark for these breakers and hearing the breakerclosing.
EXAMINER CUE: Breakers are closed.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 8 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 7. Ensure RN flow through the KD Hx as follows:                      SAT
: a. Verify 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet FsoI) (DB-562, BB-76)    -  UNSAT OPEN.
STANDARD:
Applicant cli the position indicator on 2RN-292B pointing to OPEN EXAMINER CUE: Position indicator is pointing to CLOSED.
COMMENTS:
STEP 12: 7b. IF 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol) does not open, THEN          SAT perform the following:
UNSAT
: 1) Open 2EMXF-FOIA (2B Diesel Generator Hx Inlet Isol Motor (2RN292B)) (DB-556, CC-75).
STANDARD:
Applicant explains inserting locking tab, rotating the breaker handle counter-clockwise to the OFF position, and pulling the locking tab back out on 2EMXF-FO1A.
EXAMINER CUE: Breaker switch is pointing to the OFF position.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 9 OF 12
 
_____
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 7b. 2) Manually open 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol).          SAT STANDARD:                                                                UNSAT Applicantexplains obtaining a ladder, engages the manual operation clutch, and turns valve handwheel on 2RN-292B counter-clockwise direction to open the valve EXAMINER CUE: Valve is NOT moving. 2RN-292B position indicator still shows CLOSED.
COMMENTS:
STEP 14: 8. IF RN flow cannot be established, THEN:                    CRITICAL STEP
: a. Stop D/G 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.
SAT STANDARD:
UNSAT Applicant depresses the STOP pushbutton on 2DECPB to stop the D/G EXAMINER CUE: DIG has been secured.
This step is critical because it prevents damaging the DIG due to a lack of cooling water supply.
COMMENTS:
PAGE 10 OF 12
 
Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 15: 8b. Notify the Control Room Supervisor of status.                  SAT STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT rl1ant calls the CRS at x5164 and inf&ms          that 2B DIG has been s -ured due to no cooling water flow being available. .
EXAMINER CUE: Examiner repeats back information given.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16: 8c. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor.        SAT STANDARD:                                                                  UNSAT Applicant explains ret1th                        CRS.
EXAMINER CUE: The CRS has taken the enclosure. This JPM is corn plete.
COMMENTS:
END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 11 OF 12
 
APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)
DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 2 has experienced a loss of all AC power to 2ETB.
: 2. The reason for the loss of AC power has been corrected.
: 3. 2ETB load shed is complete.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The control room has instructed you to energize 2ETB from 2B DIG by performing AP121AI5500!007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.
: 2. Peer checks have been waived for this task.
 
CNS                                  LOSS OF NORMAL POWER                                PAGE NO.
API21A155001007                                                                                100 0t 158 Enclosure 11 Page 1 of 2
                                                          -
Energizing 2ETB From DIG                            Revision 58
: 1. Obtain the following:
    . Key #757 (2A12B DIG Test Start Switch) from WCC Key Locker
 
      . Flashlight.
: 2. Do not continue in this enclosure until notified that load shed of 2ETB is complete.
: 3. Locally start DIG 2B as follows:
: a. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MC1 1 in the LOCAL position.
: b. IF unable to transfer diesel to Local Control, THEN actuate the CONTROL ROOM OVERRIDE at the breakglass station on 2DGCPB.
: c. Place the key in the MANUAL TEST START keyswitch and turn to the START position.
: d. Ensure SPEED CONTROL is adjusted to obtain frequency of between 58.8 and 61.2 Hz.
: e. Ensure VOLTAGE CONTROL is adjusted to obtain DIG VOLTAGE between 4160 and 4600 Volts.
: 4. WHEN the D/G is running, THEN close DIESEL GENERATOR 2B breaker.
: 5. IF DIG breaker will not close, THEN:
: a. Stop DIG 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.
: b. Coordinate the following with the Control Room Supervisor:
      . Inform Control Room Supervisor of D/G 2B status
 
          . Inform Control Room Supervisor of intention to perform Enclosure 19 (DIG 2B Manual Breaker Closure)
          . IF manpower available, THEN arrange for additional operator(s) to staff the diesel panel.
: c. GO TO Enclosure 19 (DIG 2B Manual Breaker Closure).
: d. Do not continue in this enclosure.
 
CNS API2!N55001007 LOSS OF NORMAL POWER                          I PAGE NO.
101 of 1581 I
Enclosure 11 Page 2 of 2 Revision 581
                                                            -
Energizing 2ETB From DIG
(
I
\
: 6. Close the following essential load center normal incoming breakers:
          . 2ELXB-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 2ETXB) (AB-560, AA-67, Rm 362)
* 2ELXD-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed from Xfmr 2ETXD) (AB-560, AA-68, Rm 362).
: 7. Ensure RN flow through the KD Hx as follows:
: a. Verify 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol) (D2B-567, AA-76) OPEN.
                                                                      -
: b. I 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Iso!) does not open, THEN perform the following:
: 1) Open 2EMXF-FO1A (2B Diesel Generator Hx Inlet Isol Motor (2RN292B)) (D2B-556, CC-75).
: 2) Manually open 2RN-292B (2B D/G Hx Inlet Isol).
: 8. IF RN flow cannot be established, THEN:
: a. Stop D/G 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.
: b. Notify the Control Room Supervisor of status.
: c. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor.
: 9. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MCI I in the CTRL-RM position.
: 10. Close 2VN-2 (2B DIG Exhaust Silencer Drain) (DB-557, BB-73).
: 11. Ensure the following:
* LO PUMP & HEATER indicating light OFF
                                                    -
* JW PUMP & HEATER indication light OFF -
        . DIESEL BLDG GEN VENT FAN 2B1 ON    -
* DIESEL BLDG GEN VENT FAN 2B2 ON.    -
: 12. Monitor DIG operating parameters.
(V}}

Revision as of 19:57, 12 November 2019

Initial Exam 2010-301 Draft Sim/IN-Plant JPMs
ML111540515
Person / Time
Site: Catawba  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 02/02/2011
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Duke Energy Corp
References
50-413/10-301, 50-414/10-301 50-413/10-301, 50-414/10-301
Download: ML111540515 (207)


Text

Catawba Nuclear Station JPM-A Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMA Perform Controlled Restart of NV pump IA per APII/AJ5500/021 End. 6 PA(P I flP Ifl

_______

________

Catawba Nuclear Station JP1VlA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Complete AP/1/N5500/021 End. 6 (NV Pump IA Controlled Restart)

Alternate Path: None Facility JPM #: New Safety Function: I Title: Chemical and Volume Control System KIA 004 A4.08 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Charging Rating(s): 3.8/3.4 CFR: 41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

AP/1/A/5500/021 (Loss of Component Cooling) End. 6 Task Standard: Applicant manually starts IA NV pump and establishes 32 gpm total sealwater flow with 1 NV-309 in AUTO.

Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS pArr 9 p in

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. ResettolC#168.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

instructor Action Final Delay Ramp Delete In Event VLV-KCOOIF KCIA AUX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION 0 VLV-KCOO3F KC3A RX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION 0 VLV.-KCOO2F KC2B AUX BLDG NONESS RTN HDRFAILTO POSITION VLV-KCO04F KCI8B RX BLDG NONESS RTN HDR FAIL TO POSITION I VLV-KCOI2F KC230A TRAIN IA SPLY TO RX BLDG FAIL TO POSITION 0 VLV-KCOO5F KC5OA TRN A SUP TO AUX BLDG NON FAIL TO POSITION 0 VLV-KCOIIF KC228B TRAIN lB SPLYTO RX BLDG FAIL TO POSITION VLV-KCOO7F KC53B TRN B SUP TO AUX BLDG NON FAIL TO POSITION MAL-KCOOIA KC PUMP IAI FAILURE Both MAL-KCOOIB KC PUMP IA2 FAILURE Both Place red tag sticker on lB NV pump.

PAflP flF In

REV. 0 PAGE 4 OF 10 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I is operating at 100% power.
2. lB NV pump has been tagged out for seal maintenance.
3. APIIIAI5500!021 (Loss of Component Cooling) has been entered.

During performance of API2I both A train KC pumps failed to start. NV pump IA was secured due to increasing bearing temperatures while YD (Drinking Water) was being aligned. YD to NV pump IA lineup is complete per End. 4.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS has directed you to restart NV pump IA and establish proper sealwater flow by completing End. 6 (NV pump IA Controlled Restart) of AP!11A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling).

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading Initiating Cue, provide the applicant with a copy of AP111A15500102I End. 6.

4 flFZ Ifl

Catawba Nuclear Station

- JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I SAT/UNSAT START TIME:

STEP 1: 1. Manually open I NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) to full SAT open.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the [M] button on controller for I NV-309, and depresses the increase on the controller to 100 percent to fully open the valve. -

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 2. Manually close I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Dsch Flow CtrI). SAT UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the [M] button on controller for I NV-294, and depresses the decrease demand button on the controller toO percent tol fully close the valve.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 10

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I_SATIUNSAT STEP 3: 3. Start NV pump 1A aux oil pump. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant starts the IA NV pump aux oil pumpby depressing the red ON pushbutton and determining the red ON light is lit and the green

....:

.

...

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 4. Start NV pump IA. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT Applicant starts the IA NV pump by depressing the red ON pushbutton and determining the red ON light is lit and the green OFF UNSAT lightis dark .

Step is critical since it must be performed to establish normal charging system lineup. This is the only NV pump available to be started at this time.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: 5. Stop NV pump IA aux oil pump. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant stops the IA NV pump aux ofi pump by depressing the green OFF pushbutton and verifying the green OFF light lit and red ON Iigh dark.. . ... ..* .. .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 10

Catawba Nuclear Station

- JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD SATIUNSAT 1 STEP 6: 6. Verify charging header is aligned to NC ioop as follows: SAT INV-312A (Chrg Line Cont Isol) OPEN

- UNSAT 1NV-314B (Chrg Line Cont Isol)- OPEN Verify one of the following valves OPEN

-

D 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Isol)

OR LI I NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D Isol).

STANDARD:

Applicant determines valves 1NV-312A and INV-314B red OPEN lights are lit, and green CLSD lights are dark Applicant also determines that INV-32 B red OPEN light is lit, and green CLSD Ugh is dark.

COMMENTS:

STEP 7: 7. Throttle I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl) to establish CRITICAL greater than 32 GPM NIR CHRG LN FLOW. STEP SAT STANDARD:

Applicant increases the valve demand on the controller for I NV-294 to establish greater than 32 gprn on .tbe N/R CHRG LNFLOW meter This step is critical because unless the applicant establishes greater than 32 gpm charging line flow, establishing 32 gpm sealwater flow would not be possible.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 10

Catawba Nuclear Station

  • JPMA Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT 1 STEP 8: 8. Verify the following: SAT LI TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW -

GREATER THAN 32 GPM UNSAT LI 1 NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) - IN AUTO.

STANDARD:

Applicant determines that TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW is less than 32 gpm and transitions to the RNO.

COMMENTS:

STEP 9: 8 RNO: Perform the following: CRITICAL

a. Slowly throttle I NV-309 (Seal Water STEP Injection Flow) to establish 32 GPM TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW. SAT
b. Place INV-309 in auto.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant deóreases demand on controller for I NV-309 to throttle clósed the valve to increase TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW to 32 gpm.

Once 32 gpm is established then applicant depresses the A pushbutton on the controller for I NV-309 to place it in This step is critical to achieve proper operating results and to meet the JPM standard.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 10

F F F F Cl) Cl) z F z C!) D Cl) D Cl)

L 0

U)

C C

. ci) 0 . C 0 ci5

.

(3 ci)

CD. ci) a)

.

(3 E a ci) 0 E E

.1 0 0 0 C) ci) Cu a::

3z z C

>

ci)

(1)

U) ci) 0 a

-,

t1O 0 C N

z .4 U-ci)

C 0 0

(15 0 F > ci) U) ci)

C N Cu 0 U)

C4 uJ .

ci)

F (3 0) 0 C.) *z -c .4-.

. L1 Cu w DC U)

>I 0

. 0 (00) 0 (0 U) ci)

(9 c3) C 0 I

z C-) C U)CtS 0 C

U) 0 Iii U

ci) 0)

> ci) C) ci) (3 U) C 0 ci)

N 00 ci) 0 C

.E Z 4-.

C CU D U)

I 0 DO ci) C a) 0 C>

a:: I D

I Ocr) cS C

a) C/) a)

F C F Iii W L()

.2 Q. z 2 z w U) w C*%J w I z U z z 0

w 0

w < < 0 a)

F F I- 0 I 0 a) a) 0 a) a) 0 U)

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETUR1 TO EXAMtNER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I is operating at 100% power.
2. lB NV pump has been tagged out for seal maintenance.
3. Unit I experienced a spurious closure of the KC A train non-essential header cross connect valves. AP111A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling) has been entered. During performance of AP/21 both A train KC pumps failed to start. NV pump IA was secured due to increasing bearing temperatures while YD (Drinking Water) was being aligned. YD to NV pump IA lineup is complete per End. 4.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS has directed you to restart NV pump IA and establish proper sealwater flow by completing End. 6 (NV pump IA Controlled Restart) of APII!A155001021 (Loss of Component Cooling).

CNS LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLlN - I. PAQE NO.

AP!N55OIO2t Enclosure 6 Page 1 of 2 33 of 39

-

NV Pump IA Controlled Restart I Revision 37 I

I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

1. Manually open I NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) to full open.
2. Manually close I NV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl).
3. Start NV pump IA aux oil pump.

_4. StartNVpumplA.

5. Stop NV pump IA aux oil pump.
6. Verify charging header is aligned to NC loop as follows:
a. 1NV-312A (Chrg Line Cont iso!) - a. Manually open valve.

OPEN.

b. 1NV-314B (Chrg Line Cont Iso!) -
b. Manually open valve.

OPEN.

c. Verify one of the following valves - c. Manually open either valve.

OPEN:

. 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Iso!)

OR

. 1 NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D iso!).

7. Throttle INV-294 (NV Pmps A&B Disch Flow Ctrl) to establish greater than 32 GPM NIR CHRG LN FLOW.
8. Verify the following: Perform the following:

. TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW -

a. Slowly throttle 1 NV-309 (Seal Water GREATER THAN 32 GPM Injection Flow) to establish 32 GPM TOTAL SEAL WTR FLOW.
  • 1 NV-309 (Seal Water Injection Flow) - IN AUTO. b. Place 1 NV-309 in auto.

CNS LOSS OF COMPONENT COOLING APIIIAI5500IOZ1 PAQE NO.

Enclosure 6- Page 2 of 2 NV Pump IA Controlled Restart Revision 37 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

9. Verify Pzr level GREATER THAN 17%.

-

Perform the following:

a. IF Pzr level is less than 17% due to NC leak, THEN GO TO API1IAI5500/O1O (Reactor Coolant Leak).
b. Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.
c. Increase charging flow to restore Pzr level greater than 17%.
d. Do not continue in this procedure until Pzr level is greater than 17%.
10. Control charging to stabilize Pzr level greater than 17%.
11. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor.

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMB Transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirc I flP 10

Catawba Nuclear Station JPM.B Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirc per EP/1/A1500/ES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps 15.

Alternate Path: Yes. INI-184B (ND pump lB Cont Sump Suct) is closed and requires RNO action to open the valve. I B ND pump will be secured and will require RNO action to start the pump.

Facility JPM #: Nl-088 Safety Function: 2 Title: Emergency Core Cooling System K/A 006 A3.08 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ECCS, including: Automatic transfer of ECCS flowpaths Rating(s): 4.2 /4.3 CFR: 41.7/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EP/1IAJ5000IES-1 .3 (Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation)

Task Standard: EP/11N5000/ES-l .3 (Transfer To Cold Leg Recirculation) steps 1 through 5 are performed. The FWST is isolated with the NV and NI pumps having suction aligned from the ND pumps and injecting into the cold legs.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PA1JZ 9 fl IQ

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. Reset to IC #169.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

( Instructor Action Fina Delay Ramp Delete in Event VLV-N1037F N1184B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL TO POSITION o MAL-NCOI3A NC COLD LEG A LEAK 27.5 VLV-FWOO6A FW55B ND PUMP B SUCT FROM FWST FAIL AUTO ACTIONS A ctive VLV-N1037F N1184B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL TO POSITION o VLV-NIO37A NII84B CNMT SUMP LINE lB ISOL (STEM) FAIL AUTO ACTIONS A C t.lye Set Event 3 xli O395g 3 PAflP flF lq

REV. 0 PAGE 4 OF 19 Catawba Nuclear Station Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
2. IAD-9 D18 (FWST 2/4 LO LEVEL) has just alarmed.

INITIATING CUE:

1. The CRS has directed you, as the BOP, to transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation by performing EP!IIAI5000IES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps I through 5.

Examiner Note: After reading Initiating Cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPII!A!5000IES-I .3 PA(P 4 flP IQ

Catawba Nuclear Station

- JPMB.

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SAT/UNSAT START TIME:

STEP 1: 1. Monitor Enclosure I (Foldout Page). SAT STANDARD: UNSAT EXAMINER CUE: The OATC will monitor enclosure 1.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 2. Verify at least one of the following SAT annunciators LIT:

-

UNSAT u IAD-20, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft1 OR u IAD-21, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft STANDARD:

1:

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 19

I I F I Cl) Cl) )

I z z F

< z D C/) D C/) D Cl)

Cl) 4-,

z I

0 F U) 4-Cu L)J Cu F ci)

D)

Cl) LU C C

Q 3

(9 0(0 C 0)

U) ci)

I ci) c0 4-,

Cl) 0 C LU (0 uJ 0 F 0 x

U) >- 0 z 1 z cts *0(0 C.) ci) C LC)

Cu G) U) -c U) 4- a <0 ci)

Cu Ui z F C)

C C-) I 0 0 4-,

LU ci.)

U) C C/) D LU 0 a)

U)

OQ -t3 V) cl U) C 0

. C C D

) (9 ci) C U) LU

>10 a)C C

>ctS C,)

LU cti d C/)

C 4-I z z LU <LU z -

f1 z LU < <c3) LU I- F 0 F 0 F- 0 C/) Cl) () C/) C/) 0 Cl) C)

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD SATIUNSAT STEP 6: 5. Align S/I system for recirc as follows: SAT

a. Verify following valves OPEN:

-

UNSAT L I NI-i 85A (ND Pump IA Cont Sump Suct).

LI INI-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct).

STANDARD:

Applicant determines the red OPEN light is lit for I NI-i 85A Applicant determines the green CLSD light is lit for I NI-I 84B and transitions to the RNO. .

COMMENTS:

STEP 7: 5a. RNO Perform the following: SAT

1) Manually open affected valve(s). UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on INl-184B and determines the valve will not ope n.manu.aIJ.y.. . .

.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station

  • JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 8: 5a. RNO 2) IF valve(s) will not open, THEN: CRITICAL STEP a) Stop the ND pump(s) associated with a closed containment sump suction valve(s). SAT STANDARD:

UNSAT This step is critical because if the ND pump is not secured now, it will lose its suction source in the next step, and pump damage may occur.

COMMENTS:

STEP 9: 5a RNO 2b) : Close the associated ND pump(s) suction valve CRITICAL from the FWST: STEP i IFW-27A (ND Pump IA Suct From FWST) SAT LI IFW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST). UNSAT STANDARD:

This step is critical because if IFW-55B is not closed then an interlock will not be met allowing INI-184B to be opened in the next step.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB 1

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD I SAT/UNSAT]

STEP 10: 5a RNO 2c) WHEN the ND pump(s) suction valve from the CRITICAL FWST is closed, THEN perform the following: STEP (1) Attempt to manually open affected containment SAT sump suction valve(s).

UNSAT INI-185A (ND Pump IA Cont Sump Suct)

U 1NI-184B (ND Pump lB ContSump Suct).

STANDARD:

Appliantdepreáses the red OPEN pushbutton for INI-l84Bancl determines the red OPEN light is lit and the green CLSD light is dark.

This step is critical because INI-184B must be opened in order for the lB ND pump to be restarted later in the procedure.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11: 5a RNO 2c) (2) IF affected containment sump suction valve will SAT not open, THEN dispatch two operators to open affected valve(s): UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step is N/A. 1NI-184B is now open.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 19

I- I

<

U) (I) z z D D

<

U)

ci) S U) 4- U)

(1)

Cu > a) 4-

  • S C1) rw > -

C_)

- S oiIo Q U)

w In cz

-i CI)

-4, 4- U)

L.J 31 L_

r -

H

- -i-a)

Cl) -i-

.o uc 7 00 C) o z

-i-,CCI Cr)

C H C%J < ;g.Q Z

Li.] < <0 H F 0 Cl) Cl) 0

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam

STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 13: 5b. Verify following valves CLOSED:

-

SAT LI 1FW-27A (ND Pump IA Suct From FWST) UNSAT LI IFW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN, lights are dark on IFW-27A and 1FW-55B. .

.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: 5c. Verify ND pumps ON. -

SAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that 1A ND pump red ON light is lit and green OFF light is dark, and I B ND pump green OFF light is lit and red ON light is dark and transitIons to the RNO.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 11 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMS Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I SAT/UNSAT STEP 15: 5c RNO Perform the following: CRITICAL STEP

1) Start ND pump(s) with suction aligned to an open containment sump suction valve. SAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that INI-184B is open and depresses the red ON pushbutton for lB ND pump and verifléstheredON light is lit and the green OFF light is dark. .. ...

...

This step is critical because all available ND pumps should be running to aid in providing suction to the other ECCS pumps.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: Sc RNO 2) IF no ND pump can be started OR no ND train can SAT be aligned for recirc, THEN:

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step is N/A. Both ND pumps are running.

COMMENTS:

STEP 17: 5d Isolate NI pump miniflow as follows: SAT

1) Verify NC pressure LESS THAN 1620 PSIG.

-

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines NC pressure is less than 1620 PSIG COMMENTS:

PAGE 12 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station

.JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 18: 5d 2) Close the following valves: CRITICAL STEP LI 1NI-115A (NI Pump 1A Miniflow [sQl)

SAT LI 1NI-144A (NI Pump lB Miniflow Isol).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbuttons on IN I-I 15A and I NI-144A and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights

  • are dark.

This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

STEP 19: 5d 3) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1NI-147B switch in SAT ENABLE.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant rotates PWR DISCO N FOR 1NI-147B switch clockwise to the ENABLE position. .. . .. .

COMMENTS:

STEP 20: 5d 4) Close I Nl-147B (NI Pump Miniflow Hdr To FWST lsol). SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light lit and red OPEN light dark. . .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 13 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I SAT!UNSAT STEP 21: 5e. Close the following valves: CRITICAL STEP El 1 ND-32A (ND Train 1A Hot Leg Inj Isol)

SAT LI I ND65B (ND Train I B Hot Leg lnj Isol).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbUtton on IND-32A and I ND-65B and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights are dark.

This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

STEP 22: 5f. Verify at least one of the following NV pumps miniflow SAT valves CLOSED:

-

UNSAT El 1 NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc Isol)

OR El 1 NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol).

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies green CLSD lights are lit and red OPEN lights are dark on I NV-203A or I NV-202B.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 14 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I_SAT!UNSAT_I STEP 23: 5g. Align ND train discharges to NI and NV pump suctions as SAT follows:

UNSAT

1) Open the following valves:

I NI-332A (NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND)

LI 1NI-333B (NI Pump Suct From ND).

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies red OPEN lights are lit and green CLSD lights are dark on I NI-332A and 1 NI-333B.

COMMENTS:

STEP 24: 5g 2) Ensure INI-334B (NI Pump SuctX-Over From ND) - CRITICAL OPEN. STEP STANDARD: SAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I Nl-334B and UNSAT verifies the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD ghtis dark This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 15 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I_SAT!UNSAT STEP 25: 5g 3) Open the following valves: CRITICAL STEP I ND-28A (ND Supply To NV & IA NI Pmps)

SAT u 1NI-136B (ND Supply To NI Pump IB).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I ND28A and I NI 136B and verifies the red OPEN lightsare lit and green CLSD lights are dark.

This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

STEP 26: 5h. Isolate FWST from NV and NI pumps as follows: SAT

1) Place PWR DISCON FOR INI-IOOB switch in UNSAT ENABLE.

STANDARD:

Applicant rotates PWR DISCON FOR INI-IOOB switch clockwise to the ENABLE positi6n. .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 16 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMS Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 27: 5h 2) Close INI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST). CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton on I NI-I OOB and verifies the green CLSD light is lita nd the red OPEN ight is dark. UNSAT This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

STEP 28: 5h 3) Close the following valves: CRITICAL STEP D I NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)

SAT u 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbuttons on I NV-252A and I NV-253B and verifies the green CLSD lights are lit and the red OPEN ughts are c...a rk  :..

This step is critical to ensure proper valve lineup for cold leg recirc.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 17 OF 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMB Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 29: 51. Verify proper recirc flow as follows: SAT NV S/I FLOW - INDICATING FLOW UNSAT U NI pumps - INDICATING FLOW U ND pumps - INDICATING FLOW.

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies recirc flow from aN running ECCS pumps.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 18 OF 19

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
2. IAD-9 D18 (FWST 214 LO LEVEL) has just alarmed.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS has directed you, as the BOP, to transfer ECCS to Cold Leg Recirculation by performing EPII!AI5000IES-1.3 (Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation) steps I through 5.

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EPI1IAI5OOOfES-i. 2 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

C. Operator Actions Monitor Enclosure I (Foldout Page).

CAUTION SIl recirculation flow to NC System must be maintained at all times.

NOTE

  • Steps 2 through 8 should be performed without delay.
  • CSF should not be implemented until directed by this procedure.
2. Verify at least one of the following Perform the following:

annunciators LIT:-

a. Ensure S/I - RESET:

. 1AD-20, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft 1) ECCS.

OR 2) D/G load sequencers.

  • 1AD-21, B/3 CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 3) IF AT ANY TIME a B/O occurs, ft. THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
b. Ensure the following valves CLOSED:

-

. I FW-27A (ND Pump 1A Suct From FWST)

  • 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).
c. IF valve(s) will not close, THEN:
1) Stop associated ND pump(s).
2) Depress the following DEFEAT pushbutton(s) for affected train(s):
  • C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN A
  • C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN B.
3) Close the associated ND pump(s) containment sump suction valve(s).

(RNO continued on next page)

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EPItIAI5000/ES-ta 3 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

2. (Continued)
d. if FWST level less than 37% due to FWST puncture, THEN RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
e. if both NS pumps are off, THEN GO IStep2 RNOg.
f. IF either of the following annunciators are lit:

. IAD-20, B12 CONT. SUMP LEVEL

>2.5 ft OR

. IAD-21, B12 CONT. SUMP LEVEL

>2.5ft, THEN TQ Step 3.

g. IF all of the following conditions met:
  • FWST level - LESS THAN 8%

. NC temperature GREATER THAN

-

200°F

. Containment Spray PREVIOUSLY

-

IN SERVICE

. Indicated containment sump level -

GREATER THAN 0.5 FT.

THENIQ Step 3.

h. IF a valid red orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN

] procedure in effect.

i. IF both CONT. SUMP LEVEL >3.3 ft annunciators on 1AD-20 and 1AD-21 dark, THEN stop all pumps taking suction from the containment sump.
j. GOTOEP/1/A/5000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EP/lfA/5000IES-1.3 -

-

4of38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

3. Verify KC flow to ND heat exchangers - Establish KC flow to affected ND Hx(s).

GREATER THAN 5000 GPM.

4. Ensure SIl - RESET:
a. ECCS. a. Perform the following:
1) ffl either reactor trip breaker is closed, THEN dispatch operator to open Unit 1 reactor trip breakers.
2) WHEN reactor trip breakers open, THEN reset ECCS.
b. D/G load sequencers. b. Dispatch operator to open affected sequencer(s) control power breaker:

. 1EDE-FO1F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1DGLSA) (AB-577, BB-46, Rm 496)

  • 1 EDF-FO1 F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1DGLSB) (AB-.560, BB-46, Rm 372).
c. IFAT ANY TIME a BIO occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EPJIIAI5000!ES-1 :3 5 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. Align SIl system for recirc as follows:
a. Verify following valves OPEN:

-

a. Perform the following:

. lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump 1) Manually open affected valve(s).

Suct)

2) if valve(s) will not open, THEN:

. lNl-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct). a) Stop the ND pump(s) associated with a closed containment sump suction valve(s).

b) Close the associated ND pump(s) suction valve from the FWST:

. 1FW-27A(ND Pump lASuct From FWST) 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST).

(RNO continued on next page)

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EP/11A15000!ES-1.3 6of38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. (Continued) c) WHEN the ND pump(s) suction valve from the FWST is closed, THEN perform the following:

(1) Attempt to manually open affected containment sump suction valve(s).

. lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump Suct)

. 1NI-184B (ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct).

(2) IF affected containment sump suction valve will not open, THEN dispatch two operators to open affected valve(s):

. lNl-185A (ND Pump 1A Cont Sump Suct)

(AB-545, EE-FF, 52-53, Rm 217)

. 1NI-184B(ND Pump lB Cont Sump Suct)

(AB-545, FF-GG, 52-53, Rm 217).

3) if both containment sump suction valves are closed, THEN:

a) if a valid red Q orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN [ procedure in effect.

b) GOTOEP/1/A/5000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION EP[1/A15000/ES-t3 PAGE NO.

7 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. (Continued)
b. Verify following valves CLOSED:

-

b. Perform the following:

. 1FW-27A (ND Pump 1A Suct From 1) Manually close affected valve(s).

FWST)

2) IF valve(s) will not close, THEN:

. 1FW-55B (ND Pump lB Suct From FWST). a) Stop associated ND pump(s).

b) Depress the following DEFEAT pushbutton(s) for affected train(s):

  • C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN A

. C-LEG RECIR FWST TO CONT SUMP SWAP TRN B.

c) Close the associated ND pump(s) containment sump suction valve(s).

d) if both containment sump suction valves are closed, THEN:

(1) a valid red Q, orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN ]

procedure in effect.

_(2) IQ EPI1IAI5000IECA-l .1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EP/1/At5000IES-1.3 8 of Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. (Continued)
c. Verify ND pumps ON.- c. Perform the following:
1) Start ND pump(s) with suction aligned to an open containment sump suction valve.
2) if no ND pump can be started Q no ND train can be aligned for recirc, THEN:

a) if a valid red orange path procedure is in effect, THEN RETURN ]Q procedure in effect.

b) GOTOEP/11A15000/ECA-1.1 (Loss Of Emergency Coolant Recirculation).

d. Isolate NI pump miniflow as follows:
1) Verify NC pressure LESS THAN

- 1) Perform the following:

1620 PSIG.

a) Stop NI pumps.

b) WHEN pressure is less than 1620 PSIG, THEN start NI pumps.

2) Close the following valves:

. 1NI-li5A (NI Pump 1A Miniflow Isol)

. 1NI-144A (NI Pump lB Miniflow Isol).

3) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1 NI-i 47B switch in ENABLE.
4) Close INI-147B (NI Pump Miniflow Hdr To FWST Isol).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECLRQLjLATION PAGE NO.

EP/1JAI5000JES-1 .3 -

9 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

5. (Continued)
e. Close the following valves:

. 1ND-32A (ND Train 1A Hot Leg Inj Isol)

. 1ND-65B (ND Train lB Hot Leg In]

I sol).

f. Verify at least one of the following NV f. Perform the following:

pumps miniflow valves CLOSED:

-

1) if 1 NI-9A (NV Pmp C/L In] Isol)

. 1NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc AND 1NI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L In] Isol)

Isol) are closed, THEN maintain charging flow greater than 60 GPM.

OR

2) Close the following valves:

. 1NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol). . 1 NV-203A (NV Pumps A&B Recirc Isol)

. I NV-202B (NV Pmps A&B Recirc Isol).

g. Align ND train discharges to NI and NV pump suctions as follows:
1) Open the following valves:

. 1NI-332A(NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND)

. 1 NI-333B (NI Pump Suct From ND).

2) Ensure 1NI-334B (NI Pump Suct X-Over From ND) OPEN.

-

3) Open the following valves:

. 1ND-28A(NDSuppIyToNV&1A NI Pmps)

. INI-136B (ND Supply To NI Pump 1B).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EPI1IAI5000!ES-1 .3 W Of 3S Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. (Continued)
h. Isolate FWST from NV and NI pumps as follows:
1) Place PWR DISCON FOR 1NI-100B switch in ENABLE.
2) Close 1NI-100B (NI Pmps Suct 2) Dispatch operatorto close 1NI-100B From FWST). (NI Pmps Suct From FWST)

(AB-552, HH-JJ, 53-54, Rm 234).

3) Close the following valves: 3) Perform the following:

. 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From a) if. 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct FWST) From FWST) cannot be closed, THEN dispatch operator to

. 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From perform the following:

FWST).

_(1) Open 1EMXA-RO4A(NV Pump Suction From FWST Motor (1 NV252A)) (AB-577, FF-54, Rm 478).

(2) Close 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)

(AB-554, HH-53, Rm 234)

(Ladder needed).

b) if 1NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST) cannot be closed, THEN dispatch operator to perform the following:

(1) Open 1 EMXJ-RO3A (NV Pump Suction From FWST Motor (1 NV253B)) (AB-560, GG-56, Rm 330).

(2) Close 1 NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)

(AB-554, HH-JJ, 53-54, Rm 234) (Ladder needed).

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EP/1-/AI5000JES-1 .3 -

1 1 of 38 Revision 22 f ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

5. (Continued)
i. Verify proper recirc flow as follows: i. if any S/I pump on without a suction flowpath, THEN stop affected pump(s).
  • NV S/I FLOW - INDICATING FLOW
  • NI pumps INDICATING FLOW

-

. ND pumps - INDICATING FLOW.

6. WHEN FWST level decreases to 11%

(IAD-9, E18 FWST LO-LO LEVEL alarm lit), THEN perform the following:

a. Stop NS Pumps.
b. Align NS for recirc. REFER [Q Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation).
7. if any NS pump in service with suction aligned to FWST, THEN perform the following:
a. Ensure appropriate operator is in possession of Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation).
b. Designate operator to ensure NS pumps immediately secured when FWST level decreases to 11 % OR 1AD-9, E18 FWST LO-LO LEVEL alarm lit.
c. IF time and manpower permit, THEN notify designated operator to review Enclosure 2 (Aligning NS for Recirculation) for current plant conditions.

CNS TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION PAGE NO.

EPI1JAJ5000IES-t3 -

12 of 38 Revision 22 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

8. Verify criteria for initiation of ND aux containment spray:
a. Containment pressure GREATER

-

a. Perform the following:

THAN 3 PSIG.

1) AT ANY TIME containment pressure exceeds 3 PSIG, THEN perform Step 8.
2) Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and QI Step 9.
b. Time since reactor trip GREATER

-

b. Perform the following:

THAN 50 MIN.

1) Designate someone to notify Control Room Supervisor when 50 mm from reactor trip has elapsed.
2) WHEN the time since reactor trip is greater than 50 mm, THEN perform Step 8.
3) Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and jQ Step 9.
c. Verify the following valves CLOSED:

- c. Observe Caution prior to Step 9 and Q

[Step9.

  • I NS-43A (ND Pmp 1A To Cont Spray Hd r)
  • 1 NS-38B (ND Pmp 1 B To Cont Spray Hdr).

Catawba Nuclear Station JPlv[c Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMC Depressurize the NC System During Natural Circulation PAt I (fl Q

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Depressurize the NC system during natural circulation by performing EP/1/A/5000/ES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown) steps 10 and 11.

Alternate Path: None Facility JPM #: NC-081 Safety Function: 3 Title: Pressurizer Pressure Control System K!A 010 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: PZR spray valves.

Rating(s): 4.0/3.8 CFR: 41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EP/1 /A/5000IES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown)

Task Standard: NC system is depressurized to 1905 psig using NV aux. spray. Status lights MAIN STEAM ISOL TRAIN A/B BLOCKED and PZR LO PRESS S/I TRAIN NB BLOCKED are lit. Pressure is under the control of the operator near 1905 psig.

Validation Time: 12 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PA(ZI 9 flR Q

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. ResettolC#170.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

Instructor Action j Final Delay Ramp Delete In Event Reset to 100% IC, Trip the reactor and all four NC Pumps. Perform applicable actions of E-0, ES-0.1, transition to ES-0.2 and FREEZE sim. Write to snap PAflF flF

REV. 0 PAGE 4 0F9 Catawba Nuclear Station JBMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All contro l

room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assign ed task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handou t

sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Plant cooldown is in progress per EPIIIAI5000IES-O.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown).
2. NC pressure is approx. 2120 PSIG and NC temperature is approx. 532°F.
3. The OATC is controlling SIG levels and the steam dumps for the cooldown.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS instructs you to depressurize the NC system to 1905 PSIG and to block the low steam pressure Main Steam Isolation signals and the pressurizer low pressure Sit signals per steps 10 and 11 of ES-0.2. The CRS asks you to ensure you are maintaining NC pressure under your control.

Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EP!1!AI5000IES-0.2 pages 9-It PACI 4 flF Q

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD SAT/UNSAT START TIME:

STEP 1: 10. Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG as follows: SAT

a. Verify letdown - IN SERVICE. UNSAT STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 1 Ob. Verify power to I NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) - SAT AVAILABLE.

UNSAT STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 9

catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD SATIUNSAT STEP 3: lOc. Depressurize NC System using NV aux spray as follows: CRITICAL STEP

1) Ensure the following valves CLOSED:

-

SAT LI 1 NC-27 (Pzr Spray CtrI Frm Loop A)

UNSAT LI I NC-29 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop B)

LI I NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D Isol)

LI I NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A Isol).

STANDARD:

Applicant determines that valve controllers for 1 NC-27 and 1 NC-29 show 0% demand. Applicant determines that INV-39A green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark. Applicant determines that 1 NV 32B green CLSD light is dark, and depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark.

This step is critical because all the valves listed need to be closed to use NV aux spray.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: lOc. 2) Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.

SAT STANDARD:

UNSAT Applicant manually controls I NV-294 throughout the remainder of the JPM to prevent charging flow from exceeding 180 GPM on 1NVP5630.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 9

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMC Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP!STANDARD LsATIuNsAT STEP 5: 1 Dc. 3) Throttle I NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) and CRITICAL charging flow as required to depressurize the NC STEP System to 1905 PSIG.

STANDARD:

SAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN and green CLOSE pushbuttons as UNSAT necessary to throttle I NV-37A to depressurize the NC system..

Applicant monitors pressUrizer pressure decreasing toward 1905 PSIG.

This step is critical because INV-37A must be throttled open in order to decrease primary system pressure.

COMMENTS:

CAUTION if PZR pressure increases to greater than 1955 PSIG, then Main Steam Isolation and PZR low pressure SII circuits will automatically unblock.

STEP 6: 11. WHEN P-Il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light CRITICAL (lSl-18) is lit, THEN: STEP

a. Depress BLOCK pushbuttons for both trains of: SAT LI ECCS steam pressure UNSAT LI ECCS Pzr pressure.

STANDARD:

Afterdetermining that P-il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light on 181-18 is lit, applicant depresses the white BLOCK pushbuttons for ECCS TRN A(B) PZR PRESS and ECCS TRN A(B) STM PRESS and verifies the 4i!t,. BLOC PlightS are lIt. . . .

This step is critical because subsequent depressurization later in the procedure would cause an unwanted SI signal to be generated.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 9

F I CJ)

< z (I) D Cu I

CO I CO Cu cu C) 4- -J 0.

C)

Co C.)

L. D ci)

-

Cl) z (t1 - - C)

C.) C.) N

- 0 0 a-o Cu

-

C ct

-

C c

1h 42 C

oO Li) U)

-o)

C C U) e ci Ct C Cu e) U)

H 4- E1 0)

Cu C *5 z CUCu 4-C.) .

o U)c,)

U) -I-C CU

= E 2 L.

ci)

(1) U)

J ci) <CU

>, C 9 . I-.

N ci)

> $ z a)

-I C >< C/)

u W F W N.

z Lii 0 H

U) I C.) U)

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURNTO EXAMiNER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Plant cooldown is in progress per EPIIIAI5000IES-0.2 (Natural Circulation Cooldown).
2. NC pressure is approx. 2120 psig and NC temperature is approx. 532 degrees F.
3. The OATC is controlling SIG levels and the steam dumps for the cooldown.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS instructs you to depressurize the NC system to 1905 psig and to block the low steam pressure Main Steam Isolation signals and the pressurizer low pressure SI1 signals per steps 10 and 11 of ES-0.2. The CRS asks you to ensure you are maintaining NC pressure under your control.

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG as follows:
a. Verify letdown - IN SERVICE. a. Perform the following:
1) Establish letdown. REFER TO AP111A15500112 (Loss Of Charging Or Letdown).
2) IF normal letdown cannot be established, THEN:

a) Depressurize NC System to 1905 PSIG with one Pzr PORV.

b) Observe Caution prior to Step 11 and GO TO Step 11.

b. Verify power to 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To b. Perform the following:

Pzr Aux Spray) AVAILABLE.

-

1) Depressurize NC System to less than 1905 PSIG using one Pzr PORV.
2) Maintain NC pressure less than 1905 PSIG.
3) Observe Caution prior to Step 11 and QIQStep 11.

CNS NATURAL CIRCULATION 000LDOWN PAGE NO.

EPII/AI5O00IES-0.2- lOof3O Revision 21 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

10. (Continued)
c. Depressurize NC System using NV aux spray as follows:
1) Ensure the following valves -

CLOSED:

. 1 NC-27 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop A)

. 1NC-29 (Pzr Spray Ctrl Frm Loop B)

. 1 NV-39A (NV Supply To Loop D lsol)

. 1 NV-32B (NV Supply To Loop A I sol).

2) Maintain charging flow less than 180 GPM.
3) Throttle 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To Pzr Aux Spray) and charging flow as required to depressurize the NC System to 1905 PSIG.

CNS NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN EP/IIN5000/ES-0.2 PAGE NO.

1 1 of 30 Revision 21 f ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

CAUTION If Pzr pressure increases to greater than 1955 PSIG, then Main Steam Isolation and PZR low pressure S/I circuits will automatically unblock.

11. WHEN P-Il PZR S/I BLOCK PERMISSIVE status light (I SI-I 8) is lit, THEN:
a. Depress BLOCK pushbuttons for both trains of:
b. Verify the following status lights on 1SI-13 LIT:

-

. Main Steam lsoI Train A and B Blocked

. Pzr Lo Press S/I Train A and B Blocked.

12. Maintain the following plant conditions:
  • NC pressure at 1905 PSIG
  • Pzr level between 25% and 76%.

. Cooldown rate based on NC T-Colds less than 50°F in an hour

. NC temperature and pressure within limits. REFER IQ Unit One Revised Data Book, Figures 44 and 45.

13. Monitor NC System cooldown as follows:
  • Core exit T/Cs DECREASING

-

  • All NC T-Hots - DECREASING
  • NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs -

INCREASING.

CNS NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN PAGE NO.

EPI1IAI5000/ES-02 12 of 30 Revision 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

14. IF AT ANY TIME the cooldown rate must be increased to greater than 50°F in an hour, THEN Q I EP!IIAI5000IES-0.3 (Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void In Vessel).

CAUTION Depressurizing the NC System with a stagnant NC loop will result in void formation when NC pressure reaches saturation pressure in the stagnant loop.

15. Initiate NC System depressurization as follows:
a. Verify all CRD vent fans ON.

-

a. Perform the following:
1) Maintain NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs greater than 100°F.

_2) ]Step15.c.

b. Maintain NC subcooling based on core exit T/Cs greater than 50° F.
c. Verify letdown - IN SERVICE. c. Perform the following:
1) Depressurize using one Pzr PORV to maintain required subcooling.

_2) ]Step16.

d. Verify power to 1 NV-37A (NV Supply To d. Perform the following:

Pzr Aux Spray) AVAILABLE.

-

1) Depressurize using one Pzr PORV to maintain required subcooling.

_2) GO]QStep16.

Catawba Nuclear Station

-JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMD Establish NC System Bleed And Feed PAt I flIt 19

________

________

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Establish NC system Feed and Bleed per EP/1/A/5000/FR-H.1 Alternate Path: Yes Facility JPM #: NC-046 Safety Function: 4P Title: Reactor Coolant System (RCS)

K!A 002 A2.04 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Loss of heat sinks Rating(s): 4.3 /4.6 CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EP/1/N5000/FR-H.1 (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink)

Task Standard: Aligns S/I feed path using NI and NV pumps and opens 1 NC-32B and I NC 34A PZR PORVs to establish NC system bleed path.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PA(IZ 9 flIt 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. ResettolC#172.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

v Instructor Action Delay Ramp Delete in Event Final XMT-NVOII FNV_6080 BORON INJ FLOW TO DCS/MCB/OAC (NVAAGO8O) o MAL-CAOO3A CAPT SA2 FAILS TO START Active MAL-CAOO3B CAPT SA5 FAILS TO START Active MAL-CAOO4A FAILURE OF CA PUMP A TO Both START MAL-CAOO4B FAILURE OF CA PUMP B TO Both START MAL-NIOOIB NI PUMP B FAILURE Auto OVR-1SE043 SAFETY INJECTION INITIATE Off PB TRN B PAflF 1W 19

REV. 0 PAGE 4 OF 12 Catawba Nuclear Station JPlV1D Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps The CA system will not function. Attempts to restart the CFPTs have been unsuccessful.
2. EPII/A15000!FR-H.I (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink) has been entered due to a RED PATH for the Heat Sink critical safety function while performing EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response).
3. Bleed and Feed initiation criteria has been met.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CR5 instructs you to initiate NC system bleed and feed per steps 20-24 of EP!IIAI5000IFR-H.I. Inform the CRS when the feed and bleed path has been initiated and verified.

Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPIIIAI5000IFR-H.I pages 27-31.

PAcP 4 flP 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD ) SATIUNSAT START TIME:

STEP 1: 19. Perform Steps 20 through 24 quickly to establish NC heat SAT removal by NC bleed and feed.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant acknowledges this step. .

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 20. Ensure all NC pumps OFF. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant depresses the green OFF pushbuttons for IA, I B, IC, andl D NC pumps on I MC-1 0 and verifies the green OFF lights are lit and red ON lights are dark. .

.. .. .. . .

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: 21. Initiate S/I. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT Applicant depresses the red train A and B SAFETY INJECTION INITIATE pushbuttons and verifies the red SAFETY INJECTION UNSAT ACTUATED status light is lit on 181-13 or ECCS TRN A(B) yellow reset lights ?reda.rkon..IMC-11.. *. . .

...

This step is critical to start the NI pumps and align the valves required to initiate an NC system feed path.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD SATIUNSAT STEP 4: 22. Verify NC System feed path as follows: SAT

a. Verify the following pumps ON:

-

UNSAT D At least one NV pump D At least one NI pump.

STANDARD:

Applicant determines that at least one NV pump and one NJ pump are

..r nning. ..

EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant may start I B NI pump and I B NV pump at this time due to it being a failed auto action. If not, the procedure will direct starting these pumps in the upcoming steps.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: 22b. Verify NV S/I FLOW INDICATING FLOW. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT App1icnt determines that I NVPOO .(NVS/1 FLOW) on I MC-3 indicates 0 GPM and transitions to the RNO COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station

-JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam F STEPISTANDARD SATIUNSAT STEP 6: 22b RNO Perform the following: SAT

1) Ensure the following pumps ON:

-

UNSAT LI NV Pumps LI NI Pumps.

STANDARD:

Applicant ensures that all NV pumps and NI pumps are running by depressing the red ON pushbuttons for any non running pump, and verifying the red ON lights are lit and green OFF lights are dark for all pumps.

EXAMINER NOTE: These pumps may have been previously manually started in earlier step due to it being a failed auto action.

COMMENTS:

STEP 7: 22b RNO 2) IF at least one NV pump in service, THEN perform SAT the following:

UNSAT a) Ensure the following valves OPEN:

-

El 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)

El I NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies the red OPENiights lit and green CLSD lights dark on I NV-252A and I NV-253B.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I SAT/UNSAT STEP 8: 22b RNO 2b) Ensure the following valves CLOSED: - SAT U INV-188A (VCT OtIt lsol) UNSAT U 1NV-189B (VCT OtIt lsol).

STAN DARD:

Applicant determines that the green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark on I NV-i 88A. Applicant determines that the green CLSD light is dark for INV-189B, and depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and the red OPEN light is dark.

COMMENTS:

STEP 9: 22b RNO 2c) Ensure the following valves OPEN: - SAT U lNl-9A (NV Pmp CIL lnj Isol) UNSAT U INI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L lnj Isol).

STANDARD:

Applicant determines the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD light is dark on I NI-9A. Applicant determines that the red OPEN light is dark for 1NI-IOB, and depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies the red OPEN light is lit and the green CLSD light is dark.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam

STEPISTANDARD STEP 10: 22b RNO 3) IF NI Pump 1A is in service, THEN ensure the SAT following valves OPEN:

-

UNSAT LI 1NI-103A (NI Pump 1A Suct)

LI INI-118A(NI Pump IA C-Leg Inj Isol)

LI INI-162A (NI To C-Legs lnj Hdr Isol)

LI INI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).

STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

STEP 11: 22b RNO 4) IF NI Pump 1 B is in service, THEN ensure the SAT following valves OPEN:

-

UNSAT LI INI-135B (NI Pump lB Suct)

LI INI-150B (NI Pump lB C-Leg Inj Isol)

LI INI-162A (NI To C-Legs Inj Hdr Isol)

LI INI-IOOB (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies that the red OPEN light is lit and green CLSD light is dark on valves INI-135B, 1NI-150B, lNl-162A, and INI-IOOB.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 12: 22b RNO 5) IF no feed path can be aligned, THEN: SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant d etermines..t,h ata feed path does ox st and t.h is. step. is N/A ....

COMMENTS:

STEP 13: 23. Establish NC System bleed path as follows: SAT

a. Ensure all Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.

- UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines the RED lights are lit and GREEN lights are dark

0 flLvE!y ...S 1. lB IN C-,35 Bap ..1NC-3 3A .

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: 23b. Select OPEN on the following PZR PORVs: CRITICAL STEP INC-34A (PZR PORV)

SAT LI INC-32B (PZR PORV).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant rotates switches for 1 NC-34A and I NC-32B, clockwise to the OPEN position and verifies RED lights are lit and GREEN lights are dark on both valves. .

This step is critical because it establishes an NC system Bleed path.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMD Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I_SAT!UNSAT STEP 15: 23c. Align N2 to the Pzr PORVs by opening the following SAT valves:

UNSAT LI I Nl-438A (Emer N2 From CLA A To I NC-34A)

LI I Nl-439B (Emer N2 From CLA B To I NC-32B).

STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies red OPEN UghtIlt an d green CLSD light dark on valves I N !:4.8i.. and I N!-439

...

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: 23d. Verify power to all Pzr PORV isolation valves - SAT AVAILABLE.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant verifies indicating lights lit on.INC-31B, INC-356, and 1NC-33A, .

.

. .

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 11 OF 12

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

- (RETURt4 TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. The CA system will not function. Attempts to restart the CFPTs have been unsuccessful.
2. EPIIIAI5000IFR-H.I (Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink) has been entered due to a RED PATH for the Heat Sink critical safety function while performing EP!I!A15000!ES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response).
3. Bleed and Feed initiation criteria has been met.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to initiate NC system bleed and feed per steps 20-24 of EPII!AI5000IFR-H.I. Inform the CR5 when the feed and bleed path has been initiated and verified.

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK PAGE NO. -

EPI1/N5tJOOIFR-H.1 28 of 101 Revision 36 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

20. Ensure all NC pumps OFF. -
21. Initiate S/I.
22. Verify NC System feed path as follows:
a. Verify the following pumps ON:

- a. Perform the following for affected train(s):

. At least one NV pump

1) Reset ECCS.

. At least one NI pump.

2) Reset DIG load sequencer.
3) Start pumps.
4) IF AT ANY TIME a BlO occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.
5) if at least one NV pump in service, THEN TO Step 22.b.
6) if all the following conditions are met, THEN GO TO Step 22.b:

. At least one NI Pump ON-

. Time between reactor trip and implementation of this procedure

- GREATER THAN 90 MINUTES.

7) Continue attempts to restore NV and NI to service.
8) RETURN T Step 6.

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK EP/1JA!500VtFR-H.1 PAGE tO 29 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

22. (Continued)
b. Verify NV S/I FLOW INDICATING

-

b. Perform the following:

FLOW.

1) Ensure the following pumps ON: -
  • NV Pumps
  • NI Pumps.
2) if at least one NV pump in service, THEN perform the following:

a) Ensure the following valves -

OPEN:

. 1 NV-252A (NV Pumps Suct From FWST)

. I NV-253B (NV Pumps Suct From FWST).

b) Ensure the following valves -

CLOSED:

. INV-189B (VCT OtIt lsoI).

c) Ensure the following valves -

OPEN:

. 1 Nl-9A (NV Pmp C/L lnj Iso!)

. 1NI-1OB (NV Pmp C/L Inj Iso!).

3) IF NI Pump 1A is in service, THEN ensure the following valves OPEN:

-

. lNl-103A (NI Pump 1A Suct)

. IN!-118A(NI Pump 1AC-Leg lnj I so!)

. 1NI-162A (NI To C-Legs nj Hdr Isol)

(RNO continued on next page)

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECQNDkRY HEAT SLNK EP!1!AJ5tYOO!FR-H.1 PAGE NO.

-.

30 of 101 Revision 36 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

22. (Continued)
4) I NI Pump 1 B is in service, THEN ensure the following valves OPEN:

-

. 1NI-135B (NI Pump lB Suct) 1NI-150B (NI Pump lB C-Leg nj I sol)

. lNl-162A (NI To C-Legs Inj Hdr Isol)

. 1NI-100B (NI Pmps Suct From FWST).

5) IF no feed path can be aligned, THEN:

a) Continue attempts to establish feed path.

b) RETURN ] Step 6.

23. Establish NC System bleed path as follows:
a. Ensure all Pzr PORV isolation valves -

OPEN.

b. Select OPEN on the following PZR PORVs:

. 1NC-34A (PZR PORV)

. 1NC-32B (PZR PORV).

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK PAGE NO.

. EPttIN5000/FR-R1 31 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

23. (Continued)
c. Align N 2 to the Pzr PORVs by c. Perform the following:

opening the following valves:

1) Ensure Phase B containment
  • 1NI-438A (Emer N2 From CLAATo isolation signals RESET.

-

1 NC-34A)

2) Ensure lVl-77B (VI Cont Isol) -

. lNl-439B (Emer N2 From CLA B To OPEN.

1NC-32B).

3) jf VI pressure less than 85 PSIG, THEN dispatch operator to ensure proper VI compressor operation.
d. Verify power to all Pzr PORV isolation d. Perform the following:

valves AVAILABLE.

-

1) Dispatch operator to restore power to affected Pzr PORV isolation valve(s):

. 1 EMXD-FO2C (PORV lsol Motor (1 NC31 B)) (AB-560, BB-50, Rm 372)

. 1 EMXC-FO3C (Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Isol. Valve 1 NC33A) (AB-577, BB-50, Rm 496)

. 1EMXD-FO5A (PORV Isol Motor (1 NC35B)) (AB-560, BB-50, Rm 372).

2) WHEN power is restored, THEN:

a) OPEN Pzr PORV isolation valves.

b) Ensure two Pzr PORVs and associated Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.

-

CNS RESPONSETOLOSSOFSECONDARYHEATSINK PAGE NO.

EPI1IAJ5000IFR-H.1 32 of 101

.

-

Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

24. Verify the following valves OPEN:

- Perform the following:

. INC-31B (PZR PORV Isol) a. Ensure Phase B containment isolation signals RESET.

-

. 1NC-32B (PZR PORV)

b. Ensure 1VI-77B (VI Cont Isol) OPEN.

-

. INC-33A (PZR PORV Isol)

c. IF VI pressure less than 85 PSIG,

. 1 NC-34A (PZR PORV). THEN dispatch operator to ensure proper VI compressor operation.

d. Ensure the following valves OPEN:

-

. INC-35B (PZR PORV Isol) 1NC-36B (PZR PORV).

e. Ensure two Pzr PORVs and associated Pzr PORV isolation valves OPEN.

-

f. if. two Pzr PORV flow paths are open, THEN GO TO Step 25.
g. Align A Train vent path by opening the following valves:

. 1NC-250A (Rx Head Vent Block)

(RNO continued on next page)

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK PAGE NO.

. PftIAI50U0IFR-[-t.1 -

33 of 101 Revision 36 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

24. (Continued)
h. IF A Train vent path cannot be aligned, THEN align B train vent path as follows:
1) Ensure the following valves -

CLOSED:

. 1NC-250A (Rx Head Vent Block)

. 1NC-251B (Rx Head Vent).

2) Dispatch operator to close the following breakers:

. 1 EMXL-F1 OC (Reactor Vessel Head Vent Motor (1 NC252B))

(AB-560, BB-47, Rm 372)

. 1 EMXS-FO3E (Reactor Vessel Head Vent Motor (1 NC253A))

(AB-577, BB-49, Rm 496).

3) OPEN the following valves:

. 1 NC-252B (Rx Head Vent Block)

. 1 NC-253A (Rx Head Vent).

Align any low pressure water source to intact SIG(s) using the following sources:

  • Hotwell pump
  • RN

. CA (gravity feed)

. RF. REFER TO Enclosure 4 (Aligning Alternate Water Source to S/G(s)).

j. if no low pressure water source can be aligned, THEN IQ Step 25.
k. Depressurize at least one intact S/G to atmospheric pressure using SIG PORV to inject the low pressure water source.

CNS RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK EPIIIAI5fOOIFR-H.1 PAGE NO.

-

-

34 of 101 Revision 36 I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

25. WHEN manpower AND time permits, THEN verify proper system alignments as follows:

. REFER IQ Enclosure 5 (System Verification Following S/I Actuation).

. Notify Unit 2 operator to perform Enclosure 6 (Opposite Unit Ventilation Verification).

26. Maintain NC System heat removal as follows:

. Maintain S/I flow

. Maintain two Pzr PORVs OPEN.

-

27. Ensure S/I - RESET:
a. ECCS. a. Perform the following:
1) IF either reactor trip breaker is closed, THEN dispatch operator to open Unit 1 reactor trip breakers.
2) Concurrently implement Enclosure 11 (ECCS Master Reset) while continuing with this procedure.
b. D/G load sequencers. b. Dispatch operator to open affected sequencer(s) control power breaker:

. I EDE-FOl F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel 1 DGLSA) (AB-577, BB-46, Rm 496)

. 1 EDF-F01 F (Diesel Generator Load Sequencer Panel IDGLSB) (AB-560, BB-46, Rm 372).

c. JfM ANY TIME a B/O occurs, THEN restart S/I equipment previously on.

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPME Restore Power to I ETA From Offsite Power PA(F I flP 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPIVIE Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Restore power to I ETA from offsite power per EP/1/A15000/ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power).

Alternate Path: Yes Facility JPM #: EP-OlO Safety Function: 6 Title: AC Electrical Distribution KIA 062 A2.05 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AC distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Methods for energizing a dead bus.

Rating(s): 2.9 / 3.3 CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EP/1/N5000/ECA-0.0 (Loss of All AC Power)

Task Standard: Restore normal offsite power to 1 ETA from the switchyard.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PAtP 9 flF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station

-JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. Reset to IC # 175.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

v instructor Action Delay Ramp Delete In Final Event MAL-DGOOIA DIG IA FAILS TO START Active MAL-DGOOIB DIG lB FAILS TO START Active MAL-EQBOO3A LOSS OF DIG IA SEQUENCER CTRL PWR A ctive MAL-EQBOO3B LOSS OF DIG lB SEQUENCERCTRLPWR A cive t.

LOA-EP067 600V LC ELXA BKR ELXA-4B Close 10 2 LOA-EP069 600V LC ELXC BKR ELXC-4B Close 20 2 PA(P flF 17

REV. 0 PAGE 4 0F17 Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I has experienced a Loss Of All AC power.
2. It is desired to restore normal power to I ETA from offsite power through IATC.
3. The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.
4. The load shed of I ETA has been completed and all lockout relays on I ETA have been reset.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to align normal power to IETA by completing Enclosure 8 of EPIIIAI5000!ECA-O.O.

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EP!I!AI5000IECA-O.O Enclosure 8.

PA( 4 flP 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT START TIME:

STEP 1: 1. Verify the following 1 ETA lockout relays RESET:

-

SAT 1 86N (IETA 03 Cubicle) UNSAT D 86B (1 ETA 03 Cubicle)

El 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)

El 86D (IETA 19 Cubicle).

STANDARD:

Per the initial conditions the applicant determines that all lockout relays have been reset.

EXAMINER CUE: If asked, IETA lockout relays are reset.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 2. IF AT ANY TIME it becomes apparent this enclosure will not SAT be successful, THEN perform the following:

UNSAT STANDARD:

Appliant flags this step and continues with the procedure.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: 3. ffl 1ATC energized, THEN GO TO Step 15. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that IATC is not energized.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPIV[E Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD J SAT/UNSAT STEP 4: 4. W 6.9 KV buss 1TA energized, THEN GO TO Step 14. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Appicant determines that ITA is not energized..

COMMENTS:

STEP 5: 5. IF transformer IT2A energized, THEN GO TO Step 13 SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that IT2A energized.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 6. Notify Transmission Control Center (TCC), using one of the SAT following methods, to coordinate attempts to restore power:

UNSAT Li Outside line:

Li 704-382-9404 Li 704-382-9411 Li 704-382-4413 Li 704-382-9403 LI 704-399-9744.

Li Two-way radio.

STANDARD:

Applicant contacts TCC using any of the listed methods EXAMINER CUE: Repeat back information provided by the examinee.

COMMENTS:

PAGE6OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 7: 7. Notify TCC to verify adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant verifies with TCC or uses information given on the cue sheet EXAMINER CUE: If asked, The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: 8. Ensure both main transformers MODs CLOSED. -

SAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that both main transformer MODs red CLSD lights are lit.. ..

COMMENTS:

STEP 9: 9. Verify both turbine generator breakers OPEN.

-

SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that both turbine generator breakers green OPEN Jjt  : . . . . .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD LAT/UNSAT STEP 10: 10. Prepare the 6.9 KV busses for power restoration as SAT follows:

U NSAT

a. Dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all de energized motor loads on following 6.9 KV busses -

OPEN:

EIITA LI ITB EIITC LI lTD.

STANDARD:

Applicant dispatches an operator to open al[de-energized motor lads onall 6.9 KVbusses EXAMINER CUE: Operators have been dispatched.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11: 1 Ob. Place switches for the following pumps in the OFF CRITICAL position: STEP LI All de-energized hotwell pumps SAT LI All de-energized condensate booster pumps.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant places the switches for all hotwell and condensate booster pumps to the OFF position.

This step is critical to allow an orderly restoration of loads upon restoration of power.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I_SAT/UNSAT STEP 12: lOc. Depress the OFF pushbutton for all de-energized KR CRITICAL pumps. STEP STANDARD: SAT Apphcant depresses the green OFF pushbutton on A and C KR UNSAT pumps and Verifies the green OFF light is lit and the red ON lightis.

dark.

EXAMINER NOTE: B KR pump is energized from Unit 2.

This step is critical to allow an orderly restoration of loads upon restoration of power.

COMMENTS:

STEP 13: 11. Do not continue in this procedure until all de-energized 6.9 SAT KV motor load breakers are open.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant does not continue until all de-energized 69 XV motor load breakers are open.

EXAMINER CUE: NEO reports that all do-energized 6.9 KV motor load breakers are open.

COMMENTS:

NOTE Zone Aor B lockout will occur if at least one main transformer cooling circuit is not restored within 15 minutes of re-energizing the main transformer PAGE 9 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPIVLE Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD SAT/UNSAT STEP 14: 12. Energize 6.9 KV busses as follows: SAT

a. Announce Energizing Unit 1 main power. All UNSAT personnel stand clear.

STANDARD:

pplimakes an.n ounce . t. sing plant paging .:S ystern COMMENTS:

STEP 15: 12b. Verify the following unit tie PCB5 CLOSED:- SAT LIPCBI5 UNSAT El PCB 18.

STANDARD:

Applicant determines .thatthe PCBs red CLSD lights are dark and transitions to the RNO.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: 12b RNO Perform the following: SAT

1) IF unit tie PCB(s) disconnects OPEN, THEN return

- UNSAT PCB(s) to operation. REFER TO OPIOIA/6350/O1O (Operation of Station Breakers and Disconnects).

STANDARD:

Applicant determines this step is N/A EXAMINER CUE: If asked, Disconnects have not been opened.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME.

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSALJ STEP 17: 12b RNO 2) WHEN unit tie PCB(s) returned to operation, CRITICAL THEN close the following unit tie PCBs: STEP LIPCB15 SAT L PCB 18.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the red CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the red

.CLSD lights are lit for PCBs l5ahd 18.

This step is critical because it is part of the normal lineup from offsite power to IETA.

COMMENTS:

STEP 18: 12b RNO 3) IF PCB(s) will not close, THEN notify TCC to close SAT affected PCB(s).

UNSAT STANDARD:

stepi* N/A ..

.

COMMENTS:

STEP 19: 13. Verify ITA ENERGIZED.

-

SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that ITA.is not energized and transitionstó the RNO; ..

COMMENTS:

PAGE 11 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 20: 13 RNO Perform the following: SAT

a. IF not previously performed, THEN dispatch UNSAT operator to ensure breakers for all motor loads on 6.9 KV buss ITA OPEN:

-

STAN DARD:

Applicant determines this step is N/A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 21: 13 RNO b. Ensure switches for the following pumps in the SAT OFF position:

UNSAT L HTWL PUMP IA Li CM BSTR PUMP IA STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step was previously performed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 22: 13 RNO c. Place 7KV BUS ITA MODE SEL switch in MAN CRITICAL A & TIE. STEP STANDARD:

Applicant places the switch 7KV BUS 1TA MODE SEL in the MAN A UNSAT

& TIE position.

This step is critical because if not performed then closure of 7KV FOR FRM IT2A in the next step would not be possible.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 12 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME.

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam

STEPISTANDARD I___________

STEP 23: 13 RNO d. Close 7KV ITA FDR FRM IT2A. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

..

.....

... SAT Applicant depresses the red CLOSE pushbutton on 7KV ITA FDR FRM IT2A and verifies the red CLSD light is lit and green OPEN light UNSAT is dark.

This step is critical because it is part of the normal lineup from offsite power to I ETA.

COMMENTS:

STEP 24: 13 RNO e. IF 7KV 1TA FDR FRM IT2A fails to close, THEN SAT dispatch operator to close ITA-05 (Normal A Incoming Feeder From XFMR 1T2A). REFER TO UNSAT Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).

STANDARD:

Applica nt determines that this step is N!A ...

.

COMMENTS:

STEP 25: 14. Verify IATC - ENERGIZED. SAT STANDARD:

Applicant verifies that IATC is energized .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 13 OF 17

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEPISTANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 26: 15. Verify 1ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr SAT 1ATC) RACKED IN.

-

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant uses status lights or cue to verify I ETA-03 is racked in EXAMINER CUE: If asked, IETA-03 is racked in.

COMMENTS:

STEP 27: 16. Do not continue in this enclosure until: SAT Li 4KVXFMR IATC ENERGIZED UNSAT LI I ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC) -

RACKED IN.

Li Load shed of IFTA COMPLETE LI The following 1 ETA lockout relays RESET:

-

Li 86N (1ETA 03 Cubicle)

Li 86B (1 ETA 03 Cubicle)

Li 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)

Li 86D (1ETA 19 Cubicle).

STANDARD:

Applióant determines all conditions are met and continues in the piocedure.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 14 OF 17

Z H H D D ci) >s I

J-.

(0 I

4-14- 0

.: 0 Cl)

E 4-LJZ o Ow Cu Cu 4-i

<o o

-- H E Cu

- .1 4

C z °

< 1L.

0 WQ)

>1 t

C.)* I = CD Cu G) ç O °- w Cu (j

LU w

-- i H ci) ,

CC1)

+-.(l) cu uJ N

-D ci)

Q) Q U)>

a LU C) >

-

I. j c a -

-

--

C.) ..

0.. Z

G) 0 0 Z -c LU < <u--cs LU < <=

H H .0 0 H H 0 C/) C/) 0 (1) Cl) 0

Catawba Nuclear Station JPME Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP/STANDARD I SATIUNSAT STEP 30: 18. Notify dispatched operator to close the following load SAT center normal incoming breakers from I ETA:

UNSAT 1ELXA4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr I ETXA) (AB-577, AA-47, Rm 496)

Li I ELXC-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXC) (AB-577, AA-46, Rm 496)

STANDARD:

Applicant notifies dispatched operator to close load center breakers I ELXA-4B and I ELXC-4B EXAMINER NOTE: Simulator operator will insert EVENT 2.

EXAMINER CUE: When all indicating lights on the KC system on 1 MC-1 I are lit, then tell examinee Operator reports that IELXA-4B and IELXC-4B are closed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 31: 19. GO TO Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 38. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT EXAMINER CUE: The CRS will continue to direct actions of ECA-O.O.

This JPM is complete.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 16 OF 17

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OFTASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I has experienced a Loss Of All AC power.
2. It is desired to restore normal power to IETA from offsite power through IATC.
3. The TCC has verified adequate switchyard voltage and grid reliability.
4. The load shed of IETA has been completed and all lockout relays on IETA have been reset.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to align normal power to I ETA by completing Enclosure 8 of EP!I!AI5000IECA-O.O.

[ rI CNS EP/1!N5006/ECA-0.0 -

LOSS OFALLAC POWER Enclosure 8- Page 1 of 6 [

PAGE NO.

of i9 I Revision 381 Aligning Normal Power to IETA(IATC)

I I I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

1. Verify the following I ETA lockout relays -

RESET:

NOTE It is acceptable to continue in

. 86N (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) this enclosure if discrepancies

. 86B (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) are expected to be resolved.

. 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)

. 86D (1ETA 19 Cubicle). Consider alternate alignment options.

REFER T Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 18.

2. IF J ANY TIME it becomes apparent this enclosure will not be successful, THEN perform the following:
a. Notify Control Room Supervisor of status.
b. Return to Section C. (Operator Actions), Step 18.
3. IF IATC energized, THEN Step 15.
4. IF 6.9 KV buss ITA energized, THEN

]Step 14.

5. IF transformer IT2A energized, THEN GO jStep 13.
6. Notify Transmission Control Center (TCC), using one of the following methods, to coordinate attempts to restore power:
  • Outside line:
  • 704-382-9404
  • 704-382-9411
  • 704-382-4413
  • 704-382-9403

. 704-399-9744.

  • Two-way radio.

CNS LOSS OF ALL AC POWER I PAGE NO. I EP/I/N5000/ECA-0.0 Enclosure 8 Page 2 of 6 1 64 of 1

[ -

Aligning Normal Power to IETA(IATC) I Revision 381 I I I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED I

7. Notify TCC to verify adequate switchyard Do not continue in this enclosure until voltage and grid reliability. switchyard voltage and grid reliability have been verified.
8. Ensure both main transformers MODs -

CLOSED.

9. Verify both turbine generator breakers - Open both turbine generator breakers.

OPEN.

10. Prepare the 6.9 KV busses for power restoration as follows:
a. Dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all de-energized motor loads on following 6.9 KV busses OPEN:

-

  • 1TA
  • 1TB
  • iTO
  • lTD.
b. Place switches for the following pumps in the OFF position:

. All de-energized hotwell pumps

. All de-energized condensate booster pumps.

c. Depress the OFF pushbutton for all de-energized KR pumps.
11. Do not continue in this procedure until all de-energized 6.9 KV motor load breakers are open.

CNS EPPI/AJ5000/ECA-O.&

LOSS OF ALL AC POWER I PAGE NO.

Enciosure8-Page3of6 Aligning Normal Power to IETA (IATC) 1 65or196 Revision 38 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE I RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE Zone A or B lockout will occur if at least one main transformer cooling circuit is not restored within 15 minutes of re-energizing the main transformer.

12. Energize 6.9 KV busses as follows:
a. Announce Energizing Unit 1 main power. All personnel stand clear.
b. Verify the following unit tie PCBs - b. Perform the following:

CLOSED:

1) W unit tie PCB(s) disconnects -

. PCB 15 OPEN, THEN return PCB(s) to

. PCB 18. operation. REFER ]Q 0P101A163501010 (Operation of Station Breakers and Disconnects).

2) When unit tie PCB(s) returned to operation, THEN close the following unit tie PCBs:
  • PCB15
  • PCB18.
3) IF PCB(s) will not close, THEN notify TCC to close affected PCB(s).

CNS LOSS OF ALL AC POWER EP/1iN5QO0IECAO.& PAGE NO.

Enclosure 8 Page 4 of 6

-

66 of 196 Aligning Normal Power to IETA (IATC)

ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

13. Verify ITA ENERGIZED.

-

Perform the following:

a. IF not previously performed, THEN dispatch operator to ensure breakers for all motor loads on 6.9 KV buss 1TA

- OPEN:

b. Ensure switches for the following pumps in the OFF position:
  • HTWL PUMP lA
  • CM BSTR PUMP 1A
c. Place 7KV BUS 1TA MODE SEL switch in MAN A & TIE.
d. Close 7KV 1TA FDR FRM 1T2A.
e. IF 7KV 1TA FDR FRM 1T2A fails to close, THEN dispatch operator to close ITA-05 (Normal A Incoming Feeder From XFMR 1T2A). REFER TO Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).
14. Verify IATC - ENERGIZED. Perform the following:
a. Close 4KV XFMR IATC FDR.
b. IF 4KV XFMR 1ATC FDR fails to close, THEN dispatch operator to close 1TA-04 (6900/41 60 VAC XFMR 1ATC).

REFER JQ. Enclosure 32 (Local Operation of 6900V Bus Breakers).

15. Verify IETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder Dispatch operatorto align IETAto IATC.

From Xfmr IATC) RACKED IN.

-

REFERT Enclosure 19 (Align IETA to IATC Local Actions).

I CNS I I EP/1/N5000/ECA-&.&

LOSS OFALLAC POWER Enclosure 8 Page 5 of 6 1 PAGNO.

67 of 196

-

Aligning Normal Power to I ETA (IATC) I Revision 38 I

I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

16. Do not continue in this enclosure until:
  • 4KV XFMR 1ATC ENERGIZED

-

  • 1ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC) RACKED IN.

-

  • Load shed of I ETA COMPLETE

-

  • The following 1 ETA lockout relays -

RESET:

. 86N (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) 86B (1 ETA 03 Cubicle) 86S (1 ETA 04 Cubicle)

. 86D (1ETA 19 Cubicle).

17. Energize I ETA as follows:
a. Close ETA NORM FDR FRM ATC. a. Perform the following:
1) Notify dispatched operator to manually close I ETA-03 (Normal Incoming Feeder From Xfmr 1ATC).

REFER TO Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers).

2) WHEN notified by dispatched operator Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers) is complete, THEN GO jQStep 17.b.
3) Do not continue with this enclosure until Enclosure 31 (Local Operation of 4160V Bus Breakers) is complete.
b. Verify 1 ETA ENERGIZED.

-

b. Consider alternate alignment options.

] Section C. (Operator Actions),

Step 18.

I CNS EPII!N5000/ECA-Q.O LOSS OF ALL AC POWER I PAGE NO. 1 I Enclosure 8- Page 6 of 6 68 of 196 I Aligning Normal Power to I ETA (I ATC) I Revision 381 I I I ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

18. Notify dispatched operator to close the following load center normal incoming breakers from I ETA:

. 1ELXA-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXA) (AB-577, AA-.47, Rm 496)

  • 1 ELXC-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 1 ETXC) (AB-577, AA-46, Rm 496)
19. ] Section C. (Operator Actions),

Step 38.

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMF Ensure Proper Feedwater Isolation On A Reactor Trip PA(F I flF R

____

_

____

____

____

____

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Ensure proper feedwater isolation following a react or trip per step 6 of EPI1IN5000IES-0.1 (Reactor Trip Response).

Alternate Path: Yes. CF isolation status light for 1 D S/G is not lit requ iring RNO actions to mitigate. Feed flow to S/Gs is 0 GPM and will requ ire RNO actions to start CA pumps as necessary to provide adequate flow.

Facility JPM #: CF-002 Safety Function: 4S Title: Main Feedwater System KIA 059 K4.19 Knowledge of MFW design feature(s) and/or interlock (s) which provide for the following: Automatic feedwater isolation of MEW.

Rating(s): 3.2 I 3.4 CFR: 41.7 Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

EPI1/N5000/ES-0.1 (Reactor Trip Response)

Task Standard: Status light for S/G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD lit and feed flow is established to maintain at least one SIG NIR level grea ter than 11% OR total feed flow greater than 450 GPM.

Validation Time: 5 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant:

Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner:

I NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PA(J 9 flR R

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF -

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. ResettolC#173.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

Instructor Action Final Delay Ramp Delete In Event MAL-ISEOO7A AUTO CF ISOL SIGNAL TRN A Block MAL-ISEOO7B AUTO CF ISOL SIGNAL TRN B Block MAL-CAOO7D SIG TEMPERING VLV CAl 88 FAILURE Open MAL-CAOO4A FAILURE OF CA PUMP A TO START Auto MAL-CAOO4B FAILURE OF CA PUMP B TO START Auto VLV-CAO3OA SA2 CA PMP TURB STM SPLY VL FAIL AUTO ACTIONS A c t.ive VLV-CAO3IA SA5 CA PMP TURB STM SPLY VL FAIL AUTO ACTIONS A ctive MAL-CAOO7D SIG TEMPERING VLV CAl 88 FAILURE Open OVR-ISEOO6C CNT FW ISOL TRN A INIT PB Off OVR-ISEOO8C CNT FW ISOL TRN B INIT PB Off PA(F OF

REV. 0 PAGE 4 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response) has been implemented.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to perform step 6 of EPIIIA!5000IES-O.I to verify feedwater status.

Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of EPIIIAI5000!ES-O.1 page 4.

PAtP 4 flP

REV. 0 PAGE 5 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 6. Verify feedwater status as follows: SAT

a. T-Avg LESS THAN 564°F.

-

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines Tavg is less than 564°F by use of NC Loop AIBIC/D Lo Tavg channels l/II/lll/IV status lights lit on 1SI-7, OR on NC Loop NB/C/D Tavg meters on 1 M-5, OR on Selected Tavg chart recorder on 1 MC-1.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 6b. All Feedwater Isolation status lights (1SI-5) - LIT. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines S/G A (B) (C) CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status lights are lit, and S/G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status light is DARK on ISI-5. Applicant should transition to the RNO.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 8

_____

REV. 0 PAGE 6 0F8 Catawba NuclearStation JPMF 1 2010_NRC_Exam Dec STEP 3: 6b. RNO 1) Manually initiate Feedwater Isolation. SAT UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the CF ISOL TRN A/B red INITIATE pushbutton and verifies red INIT lights are lit and yellow RST lights are dark on IMC-2.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 6b. RNO 2) IF proper status light indication is not obtained, CRITICAL THEN manually close valves. STEP STANDARD: SAT Applicant depresses and holds green CLOSE pushbutton for ICF-60 UNSAT and verifies green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark.

Applicant depresses green CLOSE pushbutton for I CA-i 88 and verifies green CLSD light is lit and red OPEN light is dark. Applicant depresses the M pushbutton on valves ICF-55 and ICF-57, then depresses the decrease demand pushbuttons to fully close the valves.

EXAMINER NOTE: S!G D CF CONT ISOL VLVS CLSD status light on 151-5 will now be lit.

Step is critical since these valves must be manually closed to provide a proper feedwater isolation.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 8

_____

REV. 0 PAGE 7 0F8 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMF Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 6c. Total feed flow to S/C(s) GREATER THAN 450 GPM. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines feed flow to SIGs is zero gprn and transitions to the RNO.

EXAMINER CUE: If applicant addresses a RED path on the Heat Sink critical safety function, The STA and OSM will validate the red path.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 6c. RNO Establish feed flow to maintain at least one SIC N/R CRITICAL level greater than 11 % OR total feed flow greater than STEP 450 GPM using one of the following:

SAT U CA pumps OR UNSAT U Main Feedwater System. REFER TO OP/1/A16250/001 (Condensate and Feedwater System).

STANDARD:

Applicant starts 1A and/or 1 B CA pumps to achieve at least 450 gprn flow to one or more S/Cs.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 7 OF 8

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURNTG EXAMINER ON COMPLETION OFTASK DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A reactor trip has occurred on Unit I due to a loss of both Main Feedwater pumps. EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I (Reactor Trip Response) has been implemented.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to perform step 6 of EPIIIAI5000IES-O.I to verify feedwater status.

CNS REACTORTRIP RESPONSE PAGE NO.

EP/1!A/5OOO/ES-0.i 4of30 Revision 32 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1

NOTE Enclosure 2 (NC Temperature Control) shall remain in effect until subsequent steps provide alternative NC temperature control guidance.

5. Control NC temperature. REFER IQ Enclosure 2 (NC Temperature Control).
6. Verify feedwater status as follows:
a. T-Avg - LESS THAN 564°F. a. Perform the following:

_1) WHENT-Avgislessthan564°F, THEN perform Steps 6b and 6.c.

2) fQ Step 6.c.
b. All Feedwater Isolation status lights b. Perform the following:

(1SI-5)- LIT.

1) Manually initiate Feedwater Isolation.
2) if proper status light indication is not obtained, THEN manually close valves.
c. Total feed flow to SIG(s) GREATER

- c. Establish feed flow to maintain at least THAN 450 GPM. one SIG N/R level greater than 11% Q.

total feed flow greater than 450 GPM using one of the following:

. CA pumps OR

. Main Feedwater System. REFER ]

0P111A162501001 (Condensate and Feedwater System).

Catawba Nuclear Station

- JPM-G Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMG Place KC In Parallel Operation Per 0P111A164001005 PA(P I flP I

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Place the KC system in parallel operation per OP/l/A16400/005 End. 4.4.

Alternate Path: None.

Facility JPM #: New Safety Function: 8 Title: Component Cooling Water System KIA 008 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: CCW indications and controls.

Rating(s): 3.3/3.1 CFR: 41.7/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

OP/i /A/6400/005 End. 4.4.

Task Standard: KC pump IBI is started and lB KC HX OTLT MODE switch is placed in the KC TEMP position to place KC in parallel operation.

Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PA(.I 9 fl1 1

Catawba Nuclear Station

.JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. Reset to IC # 174.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

/ Instructor Action Reset to 100% IC with 1A2 KC pump in service.

FiI

) Delay Ramp Delete I Eventj PA(F 1W 1

REV. 0 PAGE 4 OF 13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPRG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I is at 100% power.
2. A work list item from work control to place KC on Unit I in parallel operation in preparation for Aux Safeguards Testing early on next shift.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS instructs you to place KC in parallel operation by performing End.

4.4 of OP!IIA!64001005. You are to start IBI KC pump. Initial conditions have previously been verified and signed off. You are to begin at step 2.7.

2. IV is waived for this JPM.

Examiner Note: After reading cue, provide the applicant with a copy of 0P111A164001005 End. 4.4.

PA(F fl 1

REV. 0 PAGE 5 OF 13 Catawhat4uclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 2.7 IF placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KG Train SAT 1A with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps: UNSAT NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.

2.7.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:

2.7.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:

A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:

2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol) 2RN-347B (KC Hx2B Inlet Isol)

STANDARD:

Applicant asks Unit 2 operator to verify which KG heat exchanger is in service and whether its respective heat exchanger inlet valve is open.

Examiner Cue: 2B KC heat exchanger is in the MINIFLOW position and 2RN-347B is open.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 13

REV. 0 PAGE 6 OF 13 CatawbaNuclearStation JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 2: 2.7.1.1 B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN SAT Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines RN system is in normal lineup and has a flowpath through 2B KG heat exchanger to the discharge by looking at the OAC graphic.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3: 2.7.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, SAT establish miniflow per 0P101A164001006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN UNSAT flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.

STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 2.7.2 Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Isol) is open. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT ippiicant determines mat me red (JI-IzN iigrn ut and green (LbU uigrit dark on 1 RN-347B.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 13

_____

REV. 0 PAGE 7 0F13 Catawba.Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 2.7.3 Ensure KC HX lB OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT Applicant rotates KG HX I B OTLT MODE switch counter-clockwise to the KCTEMP positlo n.*.. .........

.

UNSAT This step is critical because starting a pump in this train with RN flow elevated through the KG heat exchanger, could cause letdown temperature to decrease rapidly causing a reactivity excursion due to the increased affinity for boron in the letdown demineralizers.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 2.7.4 IF letdown is in service per OPI1IA)62001001 (Chemical CRITICAL and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.) STEP 2.7.4.1 Place 1KG-I 32 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp Ctrl) in SAT manual.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depre sses the M...b 4to ron the Co nt ro .tatip n for 1K Q1 32 ....

COMMENTS:

STEP 7: 2.7.4.2 WHILE 1KG-I 32 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp CtrI) is in manual SAT during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temperature stable. UNSAT STANDARD:

This is a continuous action step Through the rest of the procedure the applicant will manually throttle I KC-1 32 to stabIlize letdown .

item pera re. . . .

. .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 13

______

REV. 0 PAGE 8 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 8: 2.7.4.3 Record position of I NV-I 53A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv). SAT Recorded position__________________

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant records position of I NV-i 53A to be the AUTO/DEMIN position.

COMMENTS:

STEP 9: 2.7.4.4 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify SAT Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps. UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:

Applicant contacts Primary Chemistry and informs them that the demineralizers will be bypassed.

EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Primary Chemistry. I understand that the letdown demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC pumps.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 13

REV. 0 PAGE 9 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 10: 2.7.4.5 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify SAT Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps. UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:

EXAMINER CUE: This is Gary in Radiation Protection. I understand that the letdown demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC pumps.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11: 2.7.4.6 Place 1 NV-i 53A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) in the VCT SAT position.

UNSAT STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 13

_____

_

REV. 0 PAGE 10 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 12: 2.7.5 Start either KG Train lB pump: CRITICAL STEP L KC PUMP BI OR SAT El KG PUMP B2 UNSAT STANDARD:

Per initiating cue, applicant will start IBI KG pump by depressing the red ON pushbutton and verifying red ON light lit and green OFF light dark.

This step is critical because one B KC pump has to be started to place KC in parallel operation per the JPM standard.

COMMENTS:

STEP 13: 2.7.6 .f letdown is in service per OPI1/A16200/OO1 (Chemical SAT and Volume Control System), WHEN KG flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.) UNSAT 2.7.6.1 Return 1NV-153A(Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv)to the position recorded in Step 2.7.4.3.

STANDARD:

Applicant will rotate switch for I NV-I 53A clockwise to the DEMIN position, vérifyingthe RED light lit and WHITE light dark, and then retUrn the switch to the AUTO position.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 13

_____

_

REV. 0 PAGE 11 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Station -

JPMG Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 14: 2.7.6.2 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify SAT Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service. UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:

Applicant contacts Primary Chemistry and lets them know that the

demifleraliZers have been returned to service.

EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve with Primary Chemistry. I understand that the letdown demineralizers have been returned to service.

COMMENTS:

STEP 15: 2.7.6.3 ffl letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify SAT Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service. UNSAT Person notified STANDARD:

Applicant contacts Radiation Protection and lets them know that the demineralizers have been returned to service EXAMINER CUE: This is Gary with Radiation Protection. I understand that the letdown demineralizers have been returned to service.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 11 OF 13

_____

__

REV. 0 PAGE 12 0F13 Catawba Nuclear Statjoji JPMG Dec._2010_NRC_Exam STEP 16: 2.7.6.4 Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) to auto. SAT UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the A pushbutton on controller for 1 KC-1 32 EXAMINER CUE: Another operator will finish the procedure. This JPM is complete.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 12 OF 13

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I is at 100% power.
2. A work list item from work control to place KC on Unit I in parallel operation in preparation for Aux Safeguards Testing early on next shift.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS instructs you to place KC in parallel operation by performing End.

4.4 of 0P111A164001005. You are to start IBI KC pump. Initial conditions have previously been verified and signed off. You are to begin at step 2.7.

2. IV is waived for this JPM.

Duke Energy Procedure No.

Catawba Nuclear Station op/l/A/6400/005 Component Cooling System Revision No.

112 Electronic Reference No.

Continuous Use CNOO5FM6 PERFORMANCE I

  • * * * * * * * * *{JNCONTROLLEDFORPPJNT* * * * * * * * * *

(ISSUED) PDF Format

-

Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/005 OpratioiiOfAdditionaL KC PumpsIParalleFPage1 of 13 - -

Operation

1. Initial Conditions 1.1 Review the Limits and Precautions.

1.2 Verify one train of KC is operating per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup).

1.3 Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to change the current KC system pump lineup.

Person notified 1.4 in Mode I or 2, ensure R3 reactivity management controls established per SOMP 01-02 (Reactivity Management). (R.M.)

2. Procedure 2.1 IF the KC System is in single pump operation with the idle pump in the operating train available AND KC flow requirements are> 5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.1.1 Ensure the appropriate miniflow valve is closed:

0 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) 0 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) 2.1.2 IF KC flow is> 5700 gpm, start the idle pump in the operating loop:

0 KCPlJMPA1 0 KC PUMP A2 OR Q KCPUMPBl 0 KC PUMP B2 NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.

2.2 IF both KC pumps in the operating train are running AND flow in the operating train is <

5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.2.1 IF required, throttle KC flow to the inservice KF heat exchanger as necessary to prevent KC pump runout:

0 1 KC- 149 (KF Hx 1 A Cool Wtr Otlt) 0 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt)

Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/oo5 Operation Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel Fage 2 of 13 Operation 2.2.2 Stop one of the operating pumps:

D 1 K C PUMP Al D KCPUMPA2 OR 1J KCPUMPBl D KCPUMPB2 2.2.3 Perform the following for the KF cooling loops that are in service:

D Adjust 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125°F.

D Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 Ito 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125°F.

2.3 IF additional KC flow is needed AND both pumps in the operating loop are runnin g OR KC is in single pump operation with the idle pump in the operating train NOT availab le, place KC in parallel operation per Step 2.4, 2.5, 2.7 or 2.8 as applicable.

2.4 IF placing KC Train 1A in parallel operation with KC Train lB with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps:

NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.

2.4.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:

2.4.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:

A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:

D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Iso!)

D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)

B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.

2.4.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.

2.4.2 Ensure 1RN-287A (KC Hx 1A Inlet Isol) is open.

2.4.3 Ensure KC HX 1A OTLT MODE is in XC TEMP.

1

Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/0o5

-

Operation Of Additional KG Pumps/Parallel Page 3 of 13

-

Operation 2.4.4 letdown is in service per OP/1/A!6200/OOl (Chemica l and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.)

2.4.4.1 Place 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) in manual.

2.4.4.2 WHILE 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) is in man ual during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temp erature stable.

2.4.4.3 Record position of 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv).

Recorded position_________________

2.4.4.4 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Prim ary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed whil e shifting KC Pumps.

Person notified 2.4.4.5 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notif y Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed whil e shifting KC Pumps.

Person notified 2.4.4.6 Place 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) in the VCT position.

CAUTION: 5700 gpm discharge header flow per each operating KC pump shall NOT be exceeded.

2.4.5 Start either KC Train 1A pump:

Q ??KC PUMP Al OR D KCPUMPA2

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1,A!6400/oos Operation-Of Additional K Pumps/Parallel - Page 4 of 13 Operation 2.4.6 J*j letdown is in service per OP/1/A16200/001 (Chemical and Volume Control System), WHEN KC flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.)

2.4.6.1 Return 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv) to the position recorded in Step 2.4.4.3.

2.4.6.2 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service.

Person notified 2.4.6.3 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service.

Person notified 2.4.6.4 Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) to auto.

NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.

2.4.7 IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.4.7.1 Ensure IKC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) is closed.

2.4.7.2 Start the remaining KC Train 1A pump:

C KC PUMP Al C KC PUMP A2 2.4.8 IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train 1A Pump in service, perform the following:

2.4.8.1 Start the remaining KC Train lA pump:

C KCPUMPAl C KC PUMP A2 2.4.8.2 Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.

Enclosure 4.4 oP/l/A/6400/oos OprationOfAdditionalKCPump&ParalleF -Page5ofl3 Operation NOTE: At this point, KC Train IA and lB are in parallel service.

2.4.9 IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.4.1.2, WhEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.

2.4.10 IF Train 1A is to be secured, leaving Train lB in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), go to Step 2.6.

2.5  ! placing KC Train 1A in parallel operation with KC Train lB with the trains NOT cross-connected, complete the following steps:

NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.

2.5.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:

2.5.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINIFLOW position, perform the following:

A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:

D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol)

D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)

B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.

2.5.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.

2.5.2 Ensure 1RN-287A (KC Hx 1A Inlet Isol) is open.

2.5.3 Ensure ?IKC HX 1A OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP.

2.5.4 Ensure 1KC-56A (KC To ND Hx 1A Sup Isol) is closed.

Enclosure 4.4 OP!1/AJ6400!0o5 Operation OfAd4litiona1KCPumps/Paraflei Page 6 cr1 13 Operation CAUTION: 5700 gpm discharge header flow per each operating KC pump shall NOT be exceeded.

f 2.5.5 Start either KC Train lA pump:

L1 KCPUMPA1 OR D KC PUMP A2 2.5.6 Ensure 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Iso!) opens.

NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is <5700 gpm.

2.5.7 IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.5.7.1 Ensure 1KC-C37A (Train A Miniflow Isol) is closed.

2.5.7.2 IF Train 1A header flow is> 5700 gpm, start the remaining KC Train 1A pump.

D KC PUMP Al t D KC PUMP A2 2.5.8 IF KC flow requirement in the Train 1A header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train 1A Pump in service, perform the following:

2.5.8.1 Start the remaining KC Train IA pump:

D KC PUMP Al C KCPUMPA2 2.5.8.2 Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.

2.5.9 IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.5.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.

NOTE: At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service with KC Train 1A isolated from the Aux and Rx Bldg Non-Ess Headers.

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/AJ6400/oo5 OperationOf*ddfflonalKC Pumps/Paral lei Page 7 of 13 Operation 2.6 IF Train 1A is to be secured, leaving Train lB in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), complete the following steps:

2.6.1 Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to chan ge the current KC system pump lineup.

Person notified 2.6.2 IF KC Trains 1A and lB are NOT cross-connecte d, ensure that any component required to support unit operation is NOT bein g cooled by KC Train 1A.

2.6.3 Adjust the following flow controllers on 1MC 11 to zero gpm flow:

D 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otit)

D 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otit) 2.6.4 Stop all KC Train 1A pumps:

D KC PUMP Al D KC PUMP A2 2.6.5 Place KC HX 1A OTLT MODE in M1NIFLOW

.

2.6.6 Perform the following for the KF cooling loops that are in service:

D Adjust 1KC-149 (KF Hx lA Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125°F.

D Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) flow controller on 1MC1 ito 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature < 125°F.

NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is

< 5700 gpm.

2.6.7 IF KC flow requirements are < 5700 gpm AND both KC Train lB pumps are running, stop either KC Train lB pump:

D KCPUMPB1 OR D KC PUMP B2 NOTE: At this point, KC Train lB is in service as per Encl osure 4.1 (System Startup).

2.6.8 IF RN flow has been established through compone nts other than the Unit 2 KC Hxs for RN miniflow, secure unneeded flow path s.

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1A/64oo!oo5 Operation Of Additional KG Pumps/Parallel Page 8 Of 13 Operation 2.7 placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KC Train 1A with the trains cross-connected, complete the following steps:

NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.

2.7.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:

1 2.7.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the MINiFLOW position, perform the following:

A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:

D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Iso!)

D 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Isol)

B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.

2.7.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/O/A]6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.

2.7.2 Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Iso!) is open.

2.7.3 Ensure XC HX lB OTLT MODE is in XC TEMP.

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/Ai6400Ioo5 Operation Of Additional-KC Pumps/Parallel- Page9ofl3 Operation 2.7.4 j letdown is in service per OP/1/A/6200/00l (Chemical and Volume Control System) perform the following: (R.M.)

2.7.4.1 Place 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx Otit Temp Ctrl) in manual.

2.7.4.2 WHILE IKC-132 (Letdn Hx Otlt Temp Ctrl) is in manual during the train swap adjust as required to maintain letdown temperature stable.

2.7.4.3 Record position of 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otit 3-Way Vlv).

Recorded position_________________

2.7.4.4 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.

Person notified 2.7.4.5 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers will be bypassed while shifting KC Pumps.

Person notified 2.7.4.6 Place 1NV-153A (Letdn Hx Otlt 3-Way VIv) in the VCT position.

CAUTION: 5700 gpm discharge header flow per operating KC Pump shall NOT be exceeded.

1 2.7.5 Start either KC Train lB pump:

D KCPUMPBl OR D KC PUMP B211

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/A/6400/o05

-Operatioii Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel Page 10 of 13 Operation 2.7.6 letdown is in service per OP/1/A/6200/001 (Chemical and Volume Control System), WHEN KC flow and temperature have stabilized perform the following: (R.M.)

2.7.6.1 Return 1NV- 1 53A (Letdn Hx Otlt 3-Way VIv) to the position recorded in Step 2.7.4.3.

2.7.6.2 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Primary Chemistry that the demineralizers have been restored to service.

Person notified 2.7.6.3 IF letdown flow is through the demineralizers, notify Radiation Protection that the demineralizers have been restored to service.

Person notified 2.7.6.4 Return 1KC-132 (Letdn Hx OtIt Temp Ctrl) to auto.

NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.

2.7.7 IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.7.7.1 Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) is closed.

2.7.7.2 Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:

D KCPUMPB1 D KC PUMP B2 t

2.7.8 IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train lB Pump in service, perform the following:

2.7.8.1 Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:

D KCPUMPB1 D KCPUMPB2 2.7.8.2 Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.

Enclosure 4.4 OP/l/A/6400/005 Operatioff Of Additional KC Pumps/Parallel - Page Il of 13 Operation NOTE: At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service.

2.7.9 IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.7.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.

2.7.10 IF Train lB is to be secured, leaving Train 1A in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup), go to Step 2.9.

2.8 IF placing KC Train lB in parallel operation with KC Train 1A with the trains NOT cross-connected, complete the following steps:

NOTE: RN System minimum flow protection is normally established using an idle KC train.

2.8.1 Complete the following steps to ensure the RN System has miniflow protection:

2.8.1.1 IF a Unit 2 KC Hx discharge valve is in the TMINIFLOW position,

perform the following:

A. Ensure the associated inlet valve is open:

D 2RN-287A (KC Hx 2A Inlet Isol)

[1 2RN-347B (KC Hx 2B Inlet Iso!)

B. Ensure a complete RN flow path exists from the RN Pumps through the applicable Hx to the discharge.

2.8.1.2 IF no Unit 2 KC Hxs are available for RN miniflow, establish miniflow per OP/0/A/6400/006 C (Nuclear Service Water System) as necessary to maintain RN flow 8600 gpm per operating RN Pump.

2.8.2 Ensure 1RN-347B (KC Hx lB Inlet Isol) is open.

2.8.3 Ensure KC fIX lB OTLT MODE is in KC TEMP.

2.8.4 Ensure 1KC-81B (KC To ND Hx lB Sup Isol) is closed.

Enclosure 4.4 OP/1/A/6400/005 OperatioirOfAthlitional KC PumpsfParallel Page 12 f 13 Operation CAUTION: 5700 gpm discharge header flow per operating KC Pump shall NOT be exceeded.

I 2.8.5 Start either KC Train lB pump:

D KCPUMPBl OR Q ?J(c PUMP B2 2.8.6 Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) opens NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.

2.8.7 IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is> 5700 gpm, perform the following:

2.8.7.1 Ensure 1KC-C4OB (Train B Miniflow Isol) is closed.

2.8.7.2 IF Train lB header flow is > 5700 gpm, start the remaining KC Train lB pump.

D KCPIJMPB1 D KC PUMP B2??

2.8.8 IF KC flow requirement in the Train lB header is < 5700 gpm AND it is desired to place the second Train lB Pump in service, perform the following:

2.8.8.1 Start the remaining KC Train lB pump:

D XC PUMP Bi D KC PUMP B2 2.8.8.2 Ensure minimum flow requirements are met.

2.8.9 IF RN miniflow was established per Step 2.8.1.2, WHEN no longer needed, secure unneeded flow paths.

NOTE: At this point, KC Train 1A and lB are in parallel service with KC Train lB isolated from the Aux and Rx Bldg Non-Ess Headers.

Enclosure 4.4 oP/1/A/6400/oo5

-

Operation Of Additional Kt Pumps/Parallel rage 13 of 13 Operation 2.9 Train lB is to be secured, leaving Train 1A in service as per Enclos ure 4.1 (System Startup), complete the following steps.

2.9.1 Notify Radwaste Chemistry of the intent to change the current KC system pump lineup.

Person notified 2.9.2 IF KC Trains 1A and lB are NOT cross-connected, ensure that any component required to support unit operation is NOT being cooled by KC Train lB.

2.9.3 Adjust the following flow controllers on 1MC1 1 to zero gpm flow:

Q 1KC-149 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otlt)

J 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otlt) 2.9.4 Stop all KC Train lB pumps:

C KCPUMPB1 C KC PUMP B2 2.9.5 Place KC HX lB OTLT MODW in M1NIFLOW.

2.9.6 Perform the following for the KF cooling ioops that are in service:

EJ Adjust 1KC-l49 (KF Hx 1A Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature <

125°F.

C Adjust 1KC-156 (KF Hx lB Cool Wtr Otit) flow controller on 1MC1 1 to 3000 gpm or as necessary to maintain Spent Fuel Pool temperature <

125°F.

NOTE: One pump running is preferred as long as flow is < 5700 gpm.

2.9.7 IF KC flow requirements are < 5700 gpm AND both KC Train 1A pumps are running, stop either KC Train 1A pump:

C KC PUMP Al OR C KCPUMPA2 NOTE: At this point, KC Train 1A is in service as per Enclosure 4.1 (System Startup

).

2.9.8 IF RN flow has been established through components other than the Unit 2 KC Hxs for RN miniflow, secure unneeded flow paths.

2.10 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this procedure.

Catawba Nuclear Station

-

JPIV[H Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMH Increase Level In The PRT Using 0P111A161501004 End. 4.2 PA( I fl 9fl

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH.

Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Increase level in the PRT to 72% and vent to reduce PRT pressure using OPII/A161501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2 and End. 4.5.

Alternate Path: None.

Facility JPM #: New.

Safety Function: 5 Title: Pressurizer Relief Tank / Quench Tank System K!A 007 Al .01 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the PRTS controls including: Maintaining quench tank water level within limits.

Rating(s): 2.9/3.1 CFR: 41.5/45.5 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator X In-Plant Perform X Simulate

References:

OP/1/N6150/004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) Enclosures 4.2 and 4.5.

Task Standard: Increase PRT level to 72% and decrease PRT pressure to below 6 PSIG.

Validation Time: 10 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMM ENTS PA( 9 fl1 90

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam SIMULATOR OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS:

1. ENSURE NRC Examination Security has been established.
2. ResettolC#171.
3. Enter the password.
4. Select Yes on the INITIAL CONDITION RESET pop-up window.
5. Ensure simulator setup per table below.
6. Place simulator in RUN and acknowledge any alarms.
7. ENSURE Extra Operator is present in the simulator.
8. Place simulator in FREEZE until Examiner cue is given.

/ Instructor Action Delay Ramp Final Delete In Event LOA-NCOI5 NC48 PRT GAS SAMPLE

-

VESSEL BYP 40 10 1 LOA-NCOI5 NC48 PRT GAS SAMPLE

-

VESSEL BYP 0 10 3 Lower PRT Level to approx 66% and increase PRT pressure to 5.lpsig then freeze PAflP 1W 2fl

Catawba Nuclear Station JPM H Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. PRT level is low at
2. PRT pressure is reading 5.2 PSIG.

INITIATING CUES:

1. CRS directs you to increase PRT level to 72% per OP!IIA!61501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2.
2. Initial conditions have been previously verified and signed off.
3. Valves are aligned per Enclosures 4.7 and 4.8 of 0P111A161501004.

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading initiating cue, provide applicant with a copy of OPII!A161 501004 End. 4.2 with the initial conditions signed off.

PA(P 4 OP 9fl

Catawba Nuclear-Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 2.1 Ensure valves are aligned per Enclosure 4.7 (Valve SAT Checklist).

STANDARD: UNSAT Per ihitiating cue, the app.Iicantdeterrnines that this step:.is met.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 2.2 Ensure valves are independently verified per Enclosure 4.8 SAT (Independent Verification Valve Checklist).

STANDARD: UNSAT Fer initiating cue, the app!.icánt .00 term es that lii is stØp is me .

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station.

JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 2.3 IF level in the PRT is to be raised, complete the following CRITICAL steps: STEP 2.3.1 Open the following valves to align the RMWST to the SAT PRT:

UNSAT

  • I NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
  • INC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol)

STANDARD:

Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton on I NC-58A and I NC 56B and verifies the red OPEN lights are lit and green CLSD lights are dark.

This step is critical because these valves need to be opened to align a flowpath for makeup to the PRT.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 2.3.2 Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump: CRITICAL STEP

  • RX M/U WTR PUMP IB UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant turns switch for IA 18 reactor makeup water pump clockwise to the ON position and verifies red light lit and green light dark.

This step is critical to provide makeup flow to the PRT.

COMMENTS:

PAGE6OF2O

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 2.3.3 IF at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure CRITICAL increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5130 (PRT STEP Press, complete the following steps:

SAT 2.3.3.1 Stop the reactor makeup water pump.

UNSAT EXAMINER NOTE: When PRT pressure increases to > 6 PSIG the applicant will perform the following.

STANDARD:

Applicant determines that PRT pressure has increased above 6 PSIG and stop the reactor makeup water pump started in the previous step.

This step is critical to setup normal PRT lineup prior to venting.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 2.3.3.2 Close the following valves: CRITICAL STEP

  • INC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
  • I NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol) SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pushbutton and verifies the green CLSD light is lit and the red OPEN light is dark for 1NC-58A and INC-56B.

This step is critical to setup normal PRT lineup prior to venting.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 2.3.3.3 Vent the PRT per Enclosure 4.5 (Venting the Pressurizer SAT Relief Tank).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant describes obtaining a copy of Enclosure 4.5 of OPIIIA/61 50/004 EXAMINER CUE: Provide applicant a copy of Enclosure 4.5.

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER NOTE: The following steps are from Enclosure 4.5 to vent the PRT.

STEP 8: 1. Initial Conditions of End. 4.5 SAT 1.1 Review the Limits and Precautions. UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant reviews the limits and precautions.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 1.2 Verify the PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing SAT Normal Operating Conditions).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant will check the control copy of this OP for verification that system is aligned per Enclosure 4.1.

EXAMINER CUE: PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: 1.3 Verify the WG System is available for PRT venting per SAT OP/0/A/6500/003 (Radwaste Chemistry Operating Procedure for the Gaseous Waste (WG) System). UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant will check control opy of OP/O/A/6500/003 for system yailabi!ityfpr PR venting. .

.

EXAMINER CUE: Waste Gas System is available for PRT venting per OP!01A165001003.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 20

_____

__

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 2.1 IF pressure in the PRT is greater than 8 psig, lower level in SAT the PRT per Enclosure 4.2 (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tank Level) until pressure is less than 8 psig. UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicantdeterm nes that this ste p COMMENTS:

STEP 12: 2.2 IF the GN System is the N2 supply, close 1GN-96 (N2 SAT Supply To Unit I PRT) (AB-543, EE-543, Rm 217).

UNSAT STANDARD:

EXAMINER CUE: GN system is the N2 supply.

Applicant.will dispatch an op eratotb bcally cbsel GN-9 EXAMINER CUE: IGN-96 is closed.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 2.3 ffl Waste Gas Shutdown Decay Tank B is the N2 supply, SAT notify Radwaste Chemistry to isolate the flow path.

UNSAT STANDARD:

EXAMINER CUE: If asked, Waste Gas Decay Tank B is not the N2 supply to the PRT.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: 2.4 Notify Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG System for SAT venting the PRT to the WG System per 0P101A165001003 (Radwaste Chemistry Operating Procedure for the Gaseous UNSAT Waste (WG) System).

Person notified STANDARD:

Applicant notifies Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG system for venting the PRT to the WG system per OPIOIA!65001003.

EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Radwaste Chemistry. I understand that I need to align the WG system for venting the PRT to the WG system.

EXAMINER CUE: Time compression. This is Steve with Radwaste Chemistry. The WG system is aligned for venting the PRT.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 11 0F20

___

___

_

Catawba Nucdear Station JPMH Dec._2010_NRC_Exam STEP 15: 2.5 Verify the following valves are open:

SAT

  • I NC-53B (N2 To PRT Cont Isol)

UNSAT

  • I NC-54A (N2 To PRT Cont Isol)

STANDARD:

Applicant verifies the red OPEN light lit and green CLSD light dark on 1 NC-53Band 1NC-54A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: 2.6 Coordinate the following step with Radwaste Chemi stry. SAT STANDARD:

UNSAT Applicant coordinates steps with Radwaste Chemistry.

COMMENTS:

NOTE: In the following step, opening 1NC-48 (PRT Gas SmpI Vessel Byp) too fast may result in tripping the WG Compressor PAGE 12 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear. Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 17: 2.7 While in contact with Radwaste, slowly open I NC-48 (PRT SAT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp) (AB-551, CC-52, Rm 250) to vent the PRT.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant dispatches operator to Rm 250 to slowly open 1 NC-48

.

EXAMINER CUE: Operator has been dispatched.

EXAMINER NOTE: Booth operator will insert Event ito throttle open INC 48.

EXAMINER CUE: Time compression. INC-48 is throt tled open.

COMMENTS:

STEP 18: 2.8 IF Step 2.1 was performed, establish PRT level at 75% per SAT Enclosure 4.2 (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tank Level).

STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 13 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear- Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 19: 2.9 WHEN the desired PRT pressure is reached, close INC-48 _SAT (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp).

STANDARD: UNSAT When desired pressure is reached, applicant will direct dispatched operato tO ClOSe NC

.::

.

EXAMINER NOTE: When PRT pressure dec reases to 3 PSIG, then PRT pressure regulating valve from the GN system (1 NC-

52) will maintain pressure at 3 PSIG.

EXAMINER NOTE: Booth operator will insert Event 3 to close INC-48.

EXAMINER CUE: INC-48 is closed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 20: 2.10 Notify Radwaste Chemistry that venting of the PRT is SAT complete.

STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant notifies Radwaste Chemistry that PRT venting is complete EXAMINER CUE: This is Steve in Radwaste Chem istry. I understand that PRT venting is complete.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 14 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 21: 2.11 IF necessary, repressurize the PRT as follows: SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant COMMENTS:

NOTE: At this point, the PRT has been returned to normal alignment pe 1 Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing Normal Operating Conditions).

STEP 22: 2.12 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of SAT this procedure.

UNSAT STANDARD:

COMMENTS:

EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant will now return to Enclosure 4.2 step 2.3.3.4.

PAGE 15 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station.

JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 23: 2.3.3.4 WHEN PRT pressure has been redu ced to 3 psig, SAT return to Step 2.3.1.

STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant returnst step 2;3.1.

COMMENTS:

STEP 24: 2.3.1 Open the following valves to align the RMWST to the CRITICAL PRT:

STEP

  • 1 NC-58A (PRT Spray Supply Isol)
  • I NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont lsol) SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant depresses the red OPEN pushbutton and verifies the red OPEN light lit and green CLSD light dark on valves 1 NC-58A and I NC 56B This step is critical because these valves need to be opened to align a flowpath for makeup to the PRT.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 16 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 25: 2.3.2 Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump:

CRITICAL STEP

  • RX M/U WTR PUMP IB UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant turns control switch for 1A or I B reactor makeup water pump in the clockwise direction to the ON position and verifies the red light lit and green light dark.

This step is critical to provide makeup flow to the PRT.

COMMENTS:

STEP 26: 2.3.3 IF at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure SAT increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5130 (PRT Press, complete the following steps: UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step does not apply now and continues with the enclosure.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 17 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 27: 2.3.4 WHEN the desired leve l is reached, stop the reactor makeup water pump. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT When 72 % level in the PRT is reached, applicant makeup water pump started in step 2.3 stops the reactor UNSAT

.2 and verifies the green light, lit and red light dark. .

.

.

This step is critical to return the PRT to a normal lineup per End. 4.1.

COMMENTS:

STEP 28: 2.3.5 Close the following valv es:

CRITICAL

  • INC-58A (PRT Spray Supply lsol) STEP
  • INC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol)

SAT STANDARD:

_UNSAT Applicant depresses the green CLOSE pus hbutton and verifies the red OPEN light dark and green CLSD light lit on valves I NC-58A and I NC 568. .

.

.

.

...

This step is critical to return the PRT to a normal lineup per End. 4.1.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 18 OF 20

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMH Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 29: 2.3.6 Align the reactor makeup water pum p used in this section SAT as required per OPul/A161501009 (Boron Concentration Control).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant places reactor makeup water pump cont rol switch stopped in COMMENTS:

STEP 30: 2.4 IF level in the PRT is to be lowered, complete the following SAT steps:

STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 31: 2.5 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Con trol Copy folder of this SAT procedure.

STANDARD: UNSAT COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 19 OF 20

APPLICANT CUE SHEET

-

(RETURN-TO EXAMINER UPOI COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and stat e the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM

, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cue s and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. PRT level is low at
2. PRT pressure is reading 5.2 PSIG.

INITIATING CUES:

1. CRS directs you to increase PRT level to 72% per 0P111A161501004 (Pressurizer Relief Tank) End. 4.2.
2. Initial conditions have been previously verified and signed off.
3. Valves are aligned per Enclosures 4.7 and 4.8 of 0P111A161501004.

Duke Energy Procedure No.

Catawba Nuclear Station 1i /A161501004 Pressurizer Relief Tank Revision No.

026 Electronic Reference No.

Continuous Use CNOOSFKQ PERFORMANCE

  • * * * * * * * *
  • UNCONTROLLED FOR PRINT * * * * * * * * * *

(ISSUED) PDF Format

-

Enclosure 4.2 oP/1/A1615o/oo4 AdjutingPressurizerRe1iefTankLeveI Page lof2

1. Initial Conditions 1.1 Review the Limits and Precautions.

1.2 IF level is to be increased, verify Reactor Makeup Water is available per OP/1/A/6 (Reactor Makeup Water). 200/012 1.3 IF level is to be decreased, verify draining the deep end of the refueling cavity per OP/1/A/6200/013 (Filling, Draining, and Purification of Refueling Cavity) is NO progress. T in 1.4 !J. level is to be decreased, verify the NCDT is in operation per (Operations Controlled Liquid Waste Syst OP/1/A/6500/014 ems).

1.5 IF level is to be decreased, verify one of the following:

  • An N 2 overpressure is being supplied to the PRT.
  • The PRT is vented through 1NC-51 (PZR Relief Tank Vent To Atmosphere Iso!).
2. Procedures 2.1 Ensure valves are aligned per Enclosure 4.7 (Valve Checklist).

2.2 Ensure valves are independently verified per Enclosure 4.8 (Independent Verification Checklist). Valve 2.3 level in the PRT is to be raised, complete the following steps:

2.3.1 Open the following valves to align the RM WST to the PRT:

  • 1NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol) 2.3.2 Start a Reactor Makeup Water pump:
  • RX M/IJ WTR PUMP 1A 11 OR
  • RXMfUWTRPUMP 1W

Enclosure 4.2 Adjusting PresurizerRe1ietrank oP/1/A/615o/oo4 Level Page 2 of 2 2.3.3 at any time while raising PRT level PRT pressure increases to 6 psig, as indicated on 1NCP-5 130 (PRT Press, complete the following steps:

2.3.3.1 Stop the reactor makeup water pum p.

2.3.3.2 Close the following valves:

2.3.3.3 Vent the PRT per Enclosure 4.5 (Ve nting the Pressurizer Relief Tank).

2.3.3.4 WHEN PRT pressure has been reduce d to 3 psig, return to Step 2.3.1.

2.3.4 WHEN the desired level is reached, stop the reactor makeup water pump.

2.3.5 Close the following valves:

  • 1NC-56B (RMW Pump Disch Cont Isol) 2.3.6 Align the reactor makeup water pum p used in this section as required per OP/i /A/6 150/009 (Boron Concentrat ion Control).

2.4 IF level in the PRT is to be lowered, complete the following steps:

2.4.1 Notify Radwaste Chemistry that the PRT level will be lowered.

Person notified 2.4.2 Open 1NC-107 (PRT To NCDT Pmps Suet).

2.4.3 WHEN the desired level is reached, clos e 1NC-107 (PRT To NCDT Pmps Sue t).

2.5 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Con trol Copy folder of this procedure.

Duke Energy Procedure No.

Catawba Nuclear Station

/A/61 50/004 Pressurizer Relief Tank Revision No.

026 Electronic Reference No.

Continuous Use CNOOSFKQ PERFORMANCE

  • * * * * * * * *
  • JJNCQNTRQLLEDFORPPJNT * * * * * * * * * *

(ISSUED) PDF Format

-

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

___

_

___

__

Enclosure 4.5 VentingthePreurizerRe1iefTank OP/1/A16150/004 Page 1 of 2

1. Initial Conditions 1.1 Review the Limits and Precaution s.

1.2 Verify the PRT is in operation per Enclosure 4.1 (Establishing Normal Conditions). Operating 1.3 Verify the WG System is available for PRT venting per OP/O/A!6500 Chemistry Operating Procedure for !003 (Radwaste the Gaseous Waste (WG) System

).

2. Procedure 2.1 IF pressure in the PRT is greater than 8 psig, lower level in the PRT per (Adjusting Pressurizer Relief Tan Enclosure 4.2 k Level) until pressure is less than 8 psig.

2.2 j the GN System is the N 2 supply, close 1GN-96 (N EE-543, Rm 217). 2 Supply To Unit 1 PRT) (AB

-543, 2.3 IF Waste Gas Shutdown Decay Tan k RB is the N2 supply, notify Radwaste Chemis isolate the flow path. try to Per son not ifie d

2.4 Notify Radwaste Chemistry to align the WG System for venting the PRT per OP/O/A/6500/003 (Radwaste Che to the WG System mistry Operating Procedure for the (WG) System). Gas eous Waste Per son not ifie d

2.5 Verify the following valves are ope n:

2.6 Coordinate the following step with Radwaste Chemistry.

Person notified NOTE: In the following step, opening 1NC

-48 (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp) too tripping the WG Compressor. fast may result in 2.7 While in contact with Radwaste, slow ly open 1NC-48 (PRT Gas Smpl (AB-551, CC-52, Rm 250) to vent Vessel Byp) the PRT.

2.8 IF Step 2.1 was performed, establis h PRT level at 75% per Enclosure Pressurizer Relief Tank Level). 4.2 (Adjusting 2.9 WHEN the desired PRT pressure is reached, close 1NC-48 (PRT Gas Smpl Vessel Byp).

___

___ ___

___ ___

___ _ _________

___

Enclosure 4.5

-

-Venting the OP/l/A/61501004 Pressurizer Re lief Tank Page 2 of 2 2.10 Notify Radwaste Chemistry that ven ting of the PRT is complete.

Person notified NOTE: If the Primary System is being ope ned, the PRT shall NOT be rep ressurized.

2.11 IF necessary, repressurize the PRT as follows:

2.11.1 IF the GN System is available, ope n 1GN-96 (N 2 Sup To Unit 1 PRT) (AB-5 EE-53, Rm 217) to supply N2 overpressure to the PRT. 43, 2.11.2 IF the GN System is unavailable, notify Radwaste Chemistry to alig Shutdown Decay Tank B to sup n Waste Gas ply N2 overpressure to the PRT.

Per son notified 2.11.3 Verify the PRT pressure is being maintained at 3 psig.

NOTE: At this point, the PRT has been ret urned to normal alignment per En Normal Operating Conditions). closure 4.1 (Establishing 2.12 Do NOT file this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this proced ure.

Co 0

0 0

L()

o

=

CU CU ci) LU o

0 0 L.10

-Q Ci CU G)

CU C-)

Cl) 0 Cu Cl)

___

___

___

___

__

___

___

___

___

__

_

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Start MG set 1A per OP/l/N6150/008 (Rod Control) End. 4.2.

Alternate Path: None.

Facility JPM #: IRE-103 Safety Function: I Title: Control Rod Drive System KIA 001 A4.08 Ability to manually operate and/or mo nitor in the control room: operation of rod control M/G sets and control panel.

Rating(s): 3.7/3.4 CFR: 41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location:

Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator In-Plant X Perform Simulate X

References:

OP/I /N6150f008 (Rod Control) End.

4.2 (First Motor-Generator Startup)

Task Standard: M/G set 1A placed in service with the Motor and Generator circuit breakers closed and voltage at 260V.

Validation Time 10 minutes Time Critical Yes No X Applicant:

Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner:

NAME I SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS PAtP 9 PIP Q

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and stat e the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cue s and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I startup is in progress.
2. All sign-offs for Mode 2 are complete.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to start MIG set IA per End. 4.2 of 0P111A161501008 (Rod Control).

2. The initial conditions of End. 4.2 hav e been satisfied.

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading the init iating cue, provide applicant with a copy OP!11A161501008 End. 4.2 with the initial of conditions signed off.

PA(P

Catawba Nuclear Statioft JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 3.1 Ensure the M-G set VOLTAGE ADJUST potentiometer is SAT set at the mid point.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant verifies the white line in the uppe.r left corner is aligned with onthe Volta g.c...A dju st Pote nlip me te r. . . .

EXAMINER NOTE: There is a locking device on the potentiometer.

EXAMINER CUE: Voltage adjust is set at midpoint COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 3.2 Verify the SYNCHRONIZE switch is in the OFF position. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines the key alignment tab is in line with the OFF position.. .. ...

EXAMINER CUE: SYNCHRONIZE switch is in the OFF position.

COMMENTS:

PAGE4OF9

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3.3 Ensure the voltmeter switch is in position A-B. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant places the voltmeter switch handle to the A-B position EXAMINER CUE: Voltmeter switch handle is in the A-B position.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 3.4 Ensure the ammeter switch is in position A. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Apphcant places the ammeter switch handle to position A EXAMINER CUE: Ammeter switch handle is in position A.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 9

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3.5 For the M-G set to be put in operation, turn the MOTOR CRITICAL circuit breaker control switch to the CLOSE position. STEP STANDARD: _SAT Applicant turns the 1 MOTOR circuit breaker control switch to.the E UNSAT CLOSE position for IAM/G set and verifies the red CLOSEDlight lit and green OPEN light dark.

EXAMINER CUE: M!G set IA red CLOSED light is lit, there is a sound of breaker closing, and M/G set is heard coming up to speed.

This step is critical because it starts the MIG set motor.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 3.6 Allow 15 seconds to obtain full rated speed. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant waits 15 seconds before continuing EXAMINER CUE: 15 seconds have elapsed.

COMMENTS:

NOTE If this procedure is being performed to support an uncoupled run of the M-G Set motor only, then the remaining steps of this enclosure may be NIAd Step 2.7.1 may be signed off after releasing the GEN. FIELD FLASH pushbUtton.

PAGE 6 OF 9

-Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3.7 Establish initial field voltage as follows: CRITICAL STEP 3.7.lDepress and hold the GEN. FIELD FLASH pushbutton until the following: SAT Generator voltage increases to approximately 260 UNSAT volts on GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.

LI Generator voltage stabilizes.

STANDARD:

Applicant depresses and holds the GEN FIELD FLASH pushbutton, Ioo ks forvoltage to. increase to 260 yo Its, and forvoltage tabilize EXAMINER CUE: GEN FIELD FLASH button has been depressed.

Generator voltage is 260 volts and stable on the GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.

This step is critical because it flashes the generator field necessary for the MIG set to produce proper voltage.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: 3.7.2 IF necessary, turn the VOLTAGE ADJUST to obtain 260 SAT VAC on the GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant verifies generator voltage has increased to 260 volts on .

GENERATOR LINE VOLTS voltmeter. . .

EXAMINER CUE: GENERATOR LINE VOLTS indicates 260 volts.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 9

-* Catawba Nuclear Station JPMI Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 3.8 Turn the GENERATOR circuit breakercontrol switch to the CRITICAL CLOSE position. STEP STANDARD: SAT Applicant rotates the GENERATOR circuit breaker control switch to UNSAT the CLOSE position and verifies the red CLOSED light is lit and green OPEN light is dark. . . ..

EXAMINER CUE: GENERATOR circuit breaker red CLOSED light is lit.

This step is critical because it closes the generator breaker, placing the M/G set in service.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: 3.9 File this enclosure in the Control Copy folder of this SAT procedure.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant states they will file the enclosure in the Control Copy folder of the proc ed ure.

EXAMINER CUE: Enclosure has been filed in the proper folder.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 8 OF 9

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All-control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit I startup is in progress.
2. All sign-offs for Mode 2 are complete.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CRS instructs you to start M/G set IA per End. 4.2 of OPIIIAI6I-501008 (Rod Control).

2. The initial conditions of End. 4.2 have been satisfied.

CD ()

  • c
  • 0 H

0 ©

© H

  • rn 0

C 2

0 CD UI - ©

© rJD 00 p

n n JJ t)

- tj J

.

D D D .

rr Cl)

DU CD DDDD 0 C D t -t Cl) Cl) CD

-t C j Cl)O

,- -t -t Cl) t CD CD CD CD

- -t - -t CD 0= .

0 -t CD CD CD 0 CD Cu Cl) Cl) Cl) -t . CDQ- v Cl) Cl) -f p CD CD CD CD

- - - C) Li CD -t C) CD CD CD ) CD

-

Cl) Cl) P CD CD cD I CD H I- Cl) CD CD - < I - C)

- -

Cl)

CD CD CD _-t -0 0 PC Cl) - - Cl)

- CD C) -t Cl)

CD - CD t- Cl) D

-t CD CD CD - -tq CIQ cIQ C (DC Cl) - = t z- ci 0 z

. Cl) C,)

v__i CD CD CD oo ZHH C) Cl) c-. CD cCl) Cl) -t

. . C) CD CD -I = CD C) - CD -t CD H p c p - -

r- o - 0 :r CD D Cl) C .

I, Cl) o - CD CDC) 0<

Cl) oo CD Cl) -s 0

= 0<

<

CD p C) -t CD

-t p

tJ Cd) r CD CD C

  • CD CD 0 CD 1 Cl)

C) -f PC -t

- l-I CD II Ij CD CD

Cl)

S CD

-t

-t CD

-t CD Cl)

ON CD O

rj

=

CD

-.

CD CD Cl)

-

SCD Cl)

CD C-)

CD

-t 0-

-t

  • CD Cl)

Cl)

=

Ii JD Cl)

= t C)

I-I 5; CD p o CD CD 0 CD oCl) p C/D

.

CD CD

-t o S C)

-

-t CD -t o Cl) P C)

Cl) -t

-t CD CD CD 0

- CD Cl)

SCD

-t CD -t CD rj p CD

-t p -t P CD 0 -t CD CD CD 0- -t CD C) Cl)

S - CD CD -t p -t Crq 0

0 H 0- CD -*

Cl)

C-) CD CD C) 0-

  • CD

-t C 0 p C p Cl) CD P C l) CD C-) 00

-t C

_

__

0 n ccoo H * *

. C

=

CD CD -

D D CD ClD

-e

-t E -

Ct rf CD-t rj CD

-t CD E

CD 0 0 CD CD -.

(-) -

o o

=

CD CD CD CD o CD CD

( 0 o - Tj CD .

00 C -t

- CDCD Z -t Cd) -

CI) -

Cd)

CD 00 CD D - CD tCID CD 0 L

-t C o CD c - CD°

-t CD Oç)

Cd)

H -

CDC)

Ct C C

- Cl) o CD CD 2 r( CD CD E 0 C o CD C

C CD tJ CD

- C)

-e_ C j C

C -t C a C C

CD C CD -

C 00 H .

0 C)

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMJ Place lB Hydrogen Recombiner In Service PA1F I OR I

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: Place lB hydrogen recombiner in service per OP/1/A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End. 4.10.

Alternate Path: None.

Facility JPM #: VX-025 Safety Function: 5 Title: Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control System KJA 028 A2.01 Malfunctions or operations on the HRPS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Hydrogen recombiner power setting, determined by using plant data book.

Ratinci(s): 3.4 / 3.6 CFR: 41.5 /43.5 / 45.3 /45.13 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator In-Plant X Perform Simulate X

References:

OP/1/A/6450/010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) end. 4.10.

Task Standard: Hydrogen recombiner I B is placed in service with the Power Adjust POT set to approximately 58 KW per figure 10 in the revised Data Book.

Validation Time: 15 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: /

NAME SIGNATURE DATE COMMENTS 9 01 1

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
2. Hydrogen Recombiner IA is tagged out for maintenance.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The CRS directs you to place Hydrogen Recombiner lB in service at the required power per OPII!A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End. 4.10, steps 2.1 through 2.3.
2. All initial conditions are complete.
3. Containment hydrogen concentration is 5%.
4. Containment pressure is 4.5 PSIG.

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading cue provide applicant with a copy of OPIIIA/6450!0l 0 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) End.

4.10 with the initial conditions signed off.

PAt flF 1

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 3.1 Ensure the H2 Skimmer Fans running per Enclosure 4.13 SAT (Emergency Manual Operation of the H2 Skimmer Fans).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant can sign this step off after providing EXAMINER CUE.

EXAMINER CUE: IA and lB Hydrogen Skimmer fans are in operation.

COMMENTS:

CAUTION: The maximum electric hydrogen recombiner heater temperature is 1400°F.

NOTE: 1. Temperature stabilization may take up to 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. The heater temperatures are considered stabilized when the channels are within 60°F of each other and the average temperature is 1225°F. (CNM-1 399.36-001 0)

2. Hydrogen Recombiner Heater IA Temperature is monitored from IVXCR5000 (Train A Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Recorder) located on I ELCPO299 (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494).
3. 1VXCR5000 is a touch screen video monitor. Touching the screen while in screen saver mode will display the main menu. The thermocouple temperatures will be displayed when the Digital icon is selected. The Return icon on the lower_left_of the_screen_returns_to_the_main_menu._j,,

STEP 2: 3.2 IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service, perform the SAT following at 1ELCPOI39 (IA Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494): UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step is N/A.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 4 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3.3 IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner I B in service, perform the SAT following at IELCPO14O lB Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-560, DD-52, Rm 370): UNSAT 3.3.1 Ensure the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.

STANDARD:

Applicant determines per initiatingue that I B Hydrogen Recombiner will be placed in service and proceeds to Rm 370. Applicant ensures the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position on IELCPOI4O.

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 3.3.2 Ensure the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero SAT (000).

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant ensures the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero (oQQ) .

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER ADJUST pot is set to zero (000).

COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3.3.3 if the POWER IN AVAILABLE light is DARK, ensure SAT 1 EMXL-FO7C (1 B Electric Hydrogen Recombiner Power Supply Panel) (AB-560, BB-47) is in the ON position: UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines the white POWER IN AVAILABLE light is lit, and from EXAMINER CUE will determinethis step is NIA.

EXAMINER CUE: The white POWER IN AVAILABLE light is lit.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 3.3.4 Place the POWER OUT SWITCH in the ON position. CRITICAL STEP STANDARD:

SAT Applicant places the POWER OUT SWITCH up to the ON positio1ii UNSAT This step is critical because it supplies power to the I B Hydrogen Recombiner.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3.3.5 Verify that the red indicating light is lit. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant verifies that the red light on th ç. Switch plate i.. Ii EXAMINER CUE: Red light on the switch plate is lit.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: 3.3.6 Slowly turn the POWER ADJUST potentiometer SAT clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter. _UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter. ..

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter is indicating 5 KW.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 3.3.7 Maintain a 5 KW output for 10 minutes. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicantrraintains5kWpoweroutput for 10 minutes EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 10 minutes has elapsed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: 3.3.8 Slowly advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an SAT output of 10 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 10 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates 10 KW.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 13

_____

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 3.3.9 Maintain a 10 KW output for 10 minutes. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant maintains a 10 KW power output for 10 minutes.

EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 10 minutes has elapsed.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12: 3.3.10 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output SAT of 20 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.

UNSAT STANDARD:

plicant adjusts the potentiometer clockwise until 20 KW is indicated pn the POWER OUT meter.

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates 20 KW.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 3.3.11 Maintain a20 KWoutputfor5 minutes. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant maintains a 20 KW power output for 5 minutes.

EXAMINER CUE: Using time compression, 5 minutes have elapsed.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 13

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 14: 3.3.12 Determine Hydrogen Recombiner 18 power setting as CRITICAL follows: STEP 3.3.12.1 Determine KW value from Figure 10 of the Unit One Revised Data Book. SAT 3.3.12.2 H2 concentration (IMC7) UNSAT 3.3.12.3 IF H2 concentration is> 3.5%, add 4KW to calculation.

3.3.12.4 Calculate tKW as follows:

÷ = KW 3.3.12.1 3.3.12.3 STANDARD:

Applicant determines proper setting from figure 10 of the Revised Data Book.

EXAMINER NOTE: Provide applicant with a copy of Revised Data Book figure 10.

EXAMINER NOTE: Applicant should determine proper power setting should be approximately 58 KW.

This step is critical because it determines the proper power output going to the Hydrogen Recombiner for the given containment pressure.

COMMENTS:

PAGE liCE 13

Catawba Nuclear Station 1* JPMJ Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 15: 3.3.13 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until the CRITICAL POWER OUT meter indicates the value calculated in STEP 3.3.12.4. Adjust POWER ADJUST as necessary to maintain this output. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant adjusts the potentiometer until 58 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.

EXAMINER CUE: The POWER OUT meter indicates approximately 58 KW.

This step is critical because it sets the proper power output to the Hydrogen Recombiner that was calculated in the previous step.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: 3.3.14 Notify NCO that Hydrogen Recombiner lB is now in SAT service. Person notified UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant notifies Unit I control room that I B Hydrogen Recombiner is in service.

EXAMINER CUE: Unit I Control room, this is Greg. I understand that lB Hydrogen Recombiner is in service. Another operator will complete this enclosure. This JPM is corn plete.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 12 OF 13

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. A LOCA has occurred on Unit 1.
2. Hydrogen Recombiner IA is tagged out for maintenance.

INITIATING CUES:

I. The CR5 directs you to place Hydrogen Recombiner lB in service at the required power per 0P111A164501010 (Containment Hydrogen Control System) end. 4.10, steps 2.1 through 2.3.

2. All initial conditions are complete.
3. Containment hydrogen concentration is 5%.
4. Containment pressure is 4.5 P51G.

n

  • .
  • c

-.

H jtT rj

. *

(D 0

.

o o_ -

.-.-

CD CD

. p

© Ui Ui © CD

© p

n fl

- iJ - )J Tj C ...

-t

-t CD -tCD C)

CDC)

. C) 0 CD

-t C) 000 fr_

C) cd C)

c)

C)

.

c,

(_)

0 0

.

_*

J H

CD 0

CD CID . .

-t- 0 C)

CD -

CD t

(DC)

C)

-t 0

0 CD iv 2 a

Ct) CD CD

-

H CD CD C) 0 C)

CD p.z C

CD OC-d CD -eCD C) 0 CD CD -t CD )

Izr 0 00 c-O

- -t CD 1* .

C C) CD 1 (-)- -t CD LI pzO Q

CD CD (Xo CD ,

C) 0 0

-t E.

0

-t -t 0 :r1 -d CD -t CD

-t CD C)

CD -T -

CD C) -

C) z C

0-o - .

0 e

CD .

-t

-t )

-÷ 0 )

0 CD CD -t CDN Li

EE; CD

-t CD I.

cCd

+- -

CD C)

- C)

s. C)

I cj t-C

- C C

CD C

I I

Enclosure 4.10 OP/1!A/6450/010 Operation of the Hydrogen Recombiners Page 2 of 7 Following a LOCA C CAUTION: Hydrogen Recombiners are NOT operated with hydrogen concentration TSC approval.

6% without NOTE: 1. If desired to place both Hydrogen Recombiners in service, Steps 3.2 and 3.3 maybe performed in conjunction.

2. If desired to place both Hydrogen Recombiners in service, use additional Enclosure 4.11 (Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Log).
3. Placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service is preferred for ALARA consideration.

3.2 IF placing Hydrogen Recombiner 1A in service, perform the following at 1ELCPO 139 (IA Hydrogen Recombiner Control Panel) (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494):

D 3.2.1 Ensure the POWER OUT SWITCH is in the OFF position.

D 3.2.2 Ensure the POWER ADJUST potentiometer is set to zero (000).

3.2.3 IF the POWER TN AVAILABLE light is DARK, ensure 1EMXK-FO7C (IA Electric Hydrogen Recombiner Power Supply Panel) (AB-577, BB-47) is in the ON position:

D 3.2.4 Place the POWER OUT SWITCH in the ON position D 3.2.5 Verify that the red indicating light is lit.

D 3.2.6 Slowly turn the POWER ADJUST potentiometer clockwise until 5 KW is indicated on the POWER OUT meter.

D 3.2.7 Maintain a 5 KW output for 10 minutes.

D 3.2.8 Slowly advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output of 10 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.

D 3.2.9 Maintain a 10 KW output for 10 minutes.

D 3.2.10 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until an output of 20 KW is obtained on the POWER OUT meter.

D 3.2.11 Maintain a 20 KW output for 5 minutes.

Enclosure 4.10 OP/l/A/6450/0 10 Operation of the Hydrogen Recombiners Page 3 of 7 Following a LOCA 3.2.12 Determine Hydrogen Recombiner 1A power setting as follows:

3.2.12.1 Determine KW value from Figure 10 of the Unit One Revised Data Book. KW VALUE 3.2.12.2 2 concentration (1MC7)

H  %

3.2.12.3 IF H 2 concentration is > 3.5%, add 4KW to calculation.

3.2.12.4 Calculate KW as follows:

+ KW Step 3.2.12.1 Step 3.2.12.3 orN/A 3.2.13 Advance the POWER ADJUST setting until the POWER OUT meter indicates the value calculated in 3.2.12.4. Adjust POWER ADJUST as necessary to maintain this output.

3.2.14 Notify NCO that Hydrogen Recombiner 1A is now in service.

Person notified

[ CAUTION: The maximum electric hydrogen recombiner heater temperature is 1400°F.

C NOTE: 1. Temperature stabilization may take up to 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />. The heater temperatures are considered stabilized when the channels are within 60°F of each other and the average temperature is 1225°F. (CNM-1399.36-0010)

2. Hydrogen Recombiner Heater 1A Temperature is monitored from 1VXCR5000 (Train A Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Recorder) located on 1ELCPO299 (AB-577, DD-52, Rm 494).
3. IVXCR5000 is a touch screen video monitor. Touching the screen while in screen saver mode will display the main menu. The thermocouple temperatures will be displayed when the Digital icon is selected. The Return icon on the lower left of the screen returns to the main menu.

D 3.2.15 Record hourly the Hydrogen Recombiner 1 A Heater Temperature for each of the three thermocouples on Enclosure 4.11 (Hydrogen Recombiner Heater Temperature Log) until stabilized.

C:

_

0. 0 C El C L) rrj

C CD

-to CD

C)CDQ I  ? I -.

C) CD

  • CD*

I E.. CD CD,

. C) )_ Q-C)

I -tc,)

rt- CD (J Z

-t

  • C C

C) -

-

CD I- C)

-C C C (Do

)-t ii

-

0D I

C)

CD _C C) 0D H I CD I (DI>

- - I CD .

. CD I C -t I

CD

- CD I I I t() 5D H CD (DCD

-t CDH (DC) CD

-to C

IC CD I IV CD r4 -

C) C)

V Cl) /

C CD CD C C) C CD

-t CD C>

CD C)

- C<

  • Cl rj CD CD C C

LI LI LI LI LI LI LI LI LI LI H H - I

;. H c oo cd) J J  ;

o H H H OC/)

c: Q.. L CD C) 0 HH p CD _0 Q- C Cd) CD . -t. Cd)

Cl) 0 Cl) D S.

-t - C)

. 00 CD CD CD E + 0 =

.CD c-) C-t C-f gc) S. 5* C) - - C)

) CD CD C

t) U - -t CD Cl) 0 0 - 0 C)

CCD CD o o CDC) 0 0 CD C h5$ C-)S

  • ,CD C C) 0 CD -

00 j© N

C CD CD _f C - C) CD t CD C) - 0 0-t Y CD CD C)

CD Cl)5 + C) H Cd)

.

0 0 5> - H CD C 0th (1) -t LI)

CD < Q_

C) 5LI) -) 0 C a o - * ,CD N CD CD -t -t Cl) C)

S C -)  ;:5C__

0 C-) -t . CD Cd) g

=

Ci SH=

CD CD -

z Cd) 0 I CD CDf) = C.tt.

CD CD =

-i S i -to . .

> II 0 Cl)

H= -t C-f Cd) p Ij CD o Cl) CD (TQ CD CD S.

Cl) -t Cd) C CD CD o -t CD

C S

CD CD o ,-c t -t CD Cd) CD Cl) o i -t CD -h C) -CD -Ii C Cl)

Cl)

CD C

CD C N 0

= C CD Cl) 0.

C) 0 CD C

0 t Ti

-t C

CD C S

LI)

Cd)

CD

-

f-f CD V CD Cl) 0 It-C)

CD Cl)() U 0

Cl) S.,. 0 0 0

I

n Th C

Q Q C

-. iVH H ON (M CD CD Q Z CD j CD

- -t

[] .00 CD H CDCD

-I ON ON C CDCD CZ-CD CD CDo J

C C CD C 4CD t -

CDC C II CD CD

/)._

H - CDCD cc CDCD CD - -t cc -. CD .

o -

- C CD CDZ

- CDt I CD-.

CD -.- C -t CD CD CD CD C CD O cr j- c HCD H CD

CLC*
CD i C CD -t C o rCD HCD H .CD CD

- CD rTj C NCD C) CD-CD CD CD CD ON C

-t -t o t CD -

CD C CD CD C C t CD CD CD CD CD C CD CD

... - - CD CD C - .

-t CD CD CD CCD H CD CD -? C CD - CD CD CD CD CD -t

-t C CD CD CD

- HC C CD CD*

CD C) CD H CDC) - E CD -t

- CD CC -CD CD IV iD CDCD .

CD Ci) I C CD

-t CD C CD CD r-CD CD -

< )CD , C >< CD c Cl) CD (IQ * -t C)

CD Ci) - 0 CD C

CD () o CD CD CDCD. C CD ON CD CDt- 1 Co C -

CD C < 1 CD C C CD - C CD CD C

CD do U.

Z CDC C CD C I C CD -t CD ON - C C -CCD C CD C CD 0

C D

n H

I I - C

I Ic I I I tj D I I H C)° H C H H CD C CD<

CD CD tjj

_1 -

=

c CD -

-

C C (-) i l

.

CD- CCD S. CCD CD (iQ CD (/)I:CD

. 0> CDC >c CD -.

CD C H- CD o CDI -

H H oz fl C Cl) Cl) CI) Cl) CD H O H ° I C = S H CD i 0 (Th C -.

CDCiD C g I - .CD Q CD CD CDcdD CD )-1 s c CD I 0 C 0 ©

< 50 -<5 =) Cl) () >

-

  • CD> . C 0_ C_S C) Zi C CD CD

>11 CD CD CD CD I eiij r+ -t CD CD CD CD ,.CD CD CD CD E.Ci) S C C C C-t C C Ci I CD

)+, CD CD CD CD

-- -+ CD C CD CD CD Cj) CD CD CD CD -CD 5 C 0 C - CD CD CD t3 p CD - CD CD CD CD CD 5 ,

CD C h C

- I

-t _+; ..

2 CD CD 5 V CD CD -

- LJ CD 0 - CD

- 4 .

C 0 CD Ui i

-rj C Q C N C N - CD CD CD Cl) . . o..

d C C C CD Cl) . CI) -

  • C H C

.

C H -

Ui -

C

(M) JMOd Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam JPMK 2B DIG Start Using AP121A155001007 PA( I flF 19

_______

________

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam EVALUATION SHEET Task: 2B DIG local start using AP/2/A155001007 (Loss of Normal Power).

Alternate Path: Yes.

Facility JPM #: DG3-009 Safety Function: 6 Title: Emergency Diesel Generators KIA 064 A4.01 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Local and remote operation of the ED/G.

Rating(s): 4.0/4.3 CFR: 41.7/45.5to45.8 Preferred Evaluation Location: Preferred Evaluation Method:

Simulator In-Plant X Perform Simulate X

References:

AP/2/A/5500/007 (Loss of Normal Power) End. 11.

Task Standard: 2B D/G started locally. When it is discovered that no cooling water is available, the D/G is shutdown.

Validation Time: 16 minutes Time Critical: Yes No X Applicant: Time Start:

NAME Docket # Time Finish:

Performance Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance Time Examiner: I NAME SIGNATURE DATE COM ME NTS PA(F 9 fl1 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK c Dec. 2010 NRC Exam READ TO APPLICANT DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 has experienced a loss of all AC power to 2ETB.
2. The reason for the loss of AC power has been corrected.
3. 2ETB load shed is complete.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The control room has instructed you to energize 2ETB from 2B DIG by performing AP121A155001007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.
2. Peer checks have been waived for this task.

EXAMINER NOTE: After reading initiating cue, provide applicant with a copy of AP!21AI5500!007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.

PA(r flP 19

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam START TIME:

STEP 1: 1. Obtainthefollowing: SAT U Key #757 (2A12B DIG Test Start Switch) from WCC Key UNSAT Locker U Flashlight.

STANDARD:

Applicant states that they would obtain key #757 from the WCC and a flashIight..,

EXAMINER CUE: Key #757 and flashlight have been obtained.

COMMENTS:

STEP 2: 2. Do not continue in this enclosure until notified that load shed SAT of 2ETB is complete.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant cue that the load shed is complete COMMENTS:

PAGE 4 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 3: 3. Locally start DIG 2B as follows: CRITICAL STEP

a. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MCI I in the LOCAL position. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant notifies the control room to pIa(G control Ioci to the LOCAL position EXAMINER CUE: When requested Control room operator reports that 2B DIG control location is in the LOCAL position.

This step is critical because it must be performed in order for the DIG to be started locally.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4: 3b. IF unable to transfer diesel to Local Control, THEN actuate SAT the CONTROL ROOM OVERRIDE at the breakglass station on 2DGCPB. UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant determines that this step is N/A COMMENTS:

PAGE 5 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 5: 3c. Place the key in the MANUAL TEST START keyswitch and CRITICAL turn to the START position. STEP STANDARD: SAT places key in the MANUAL tEST StARt eyswitch and UNSAT rotates the key clockwise to the START position. Applicant listens for the DIG to start and come up to normal rated speed.

EXAMINER CUE: The Diesel has started.

This step is critical because it must be performed to locally start the DIG and meet the JPM standard.

COMMENTS:

STEP 6: 3d. Ensure SPEED CONTROL is adjusted to obtain frequency SAT of between 58.8 and 61.2 Hz.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant locates the DIG frequency meter and indicates they are looking for between 58 8 and 61 2 Hz EXAMINER CUE: Frequency is reading 60 Hz.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 6 OF 12

_____

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 7: 3e. Ensure VOLTAGE CONTROL is adjusted to obtain DIG SAT VOLTAGE between 4160 and 4600 Volts.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant locates the D/G voltage ter and explains that he is looking for voltage to be between 4160 and 4600 Volts. 4 EXAMINER CUE: Voltage is 4000 Volts.

After examiner cue is given, applicant uses the VOLTAGE CQNTROL RAISE pushbutton to increase voltage into the desired band.

EXAMINER CUE: Voltage is 4200 Volts.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8: 4. WHEN the D/G is running, THEN close DIESEL SAT GENERATOR 2B breaker.

UNSAT STANDARD:

Applicant indicates that the D/G is running at proper frequency and voltage, and closes 2B D/G breaker by depressing the red CLOSE pushbutton and verifying the red CLSD light is lit and green OPEN light is dark on DIESEL GEN BKR 2ETBI8 CLOSE/TRIP switch. A EXAMINER CUE: Red CLSD light is lit.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 7 OF 12

_____

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 9: 5. IF DIG breaker will not close, THEN: SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant determines that this step is N/A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10: 6. Close the following essential load center normal incoming SAT breakers:

UNSAT El 2ELXB-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 2ETXB) (AB-560, AA-67, Rm 362) o 2ELXD-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed from Xfmr 2ETXD) (AB-560, AA-68, Rm 362).

STANDARD:

Applicant closes breakers 2ELXB-4B and 2ELXD-4B bytating the CLOSE/TRIP handles clockwise to the CLOSE position and verifying the red light is lit and green light dark for these breakers and hearing the breakerclosing.

EXAMINER CUE: Breakers are closed.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 8 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 11: 7. Ensure RN flow through the KD Hx as follows: SAT

a. Verify 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet FsoI) (DB-562, BB-76) - UNSAT OPEN.

STANDARD:

Applicant cli the position indicator on 2RN-292B pointing to OPEN EXAMINER CUE: Position indicator is pointing to CLOSED.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12: 7b. IF 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol) does not open, THEN SAT perform the following:

UNSAT

1) Open 2EMXF-FOIA (2B Diesel Generator Hx Inlet Isol Motor (2RN292B)) (DB-556, CC-75).

STANDARD:

Applicant explains inserting locking tab, rotating the breaker handle counter-clockwise to the OFF position, and pulling the locking tab back out on 2EMXF-FO1A.

EXAMINER CUE: Breaker switch is pointing to the OFF position.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 9 OF 12

_____

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 13: 7b. 2) Manually open 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol). SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicantexplains obtaining a ladder, engages the manual operation clutch, and turns valve handwheel on 2RN-292B counter-clockwise direction to open the valve EXAMINER CUE: Valve is NOT moving. 2RN-292B position indicator still shows CLOSED.

COMMENTS:

STEP 14: 8. IF RN flow cannot be established, THEN: CRITICAL STEP

a. Stop D/G 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.

SAT STANDARD:

UNSAT Applicant depresses the STOP pushbutton on 2DECPB to stop the D/G EXAMINER CUE: DIG has been secured.

This step is critical because it prevents damaging the DIG due to a lack of cooling water supply.

COMMENTS:

PAGE 10 OF 12

Catawba Nuclear Station JPMK Dec. 2010 NRC Exam STEP 15: 8b. Notify the Control Room Supervisor of status. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT rl1ant calls the CRS at x5164 and inf&ms that 2B DIG has been s -ured due to no cooling water flow being available. .

EXAMINER CUE: Examiner repeats back information given.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16: 8c. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor. SAT STANDARD: UNSAT Applicant explains ret1th CRS.

EXAMINER CUE: The CRS has taken the enclosure. This JPM is corn plete.

COMMENTS:

END OF TASK STOP TIME PAGE 11 OF 12

APPLICANT CUE SHEET (RETURN TO EXAMINER UPON COMPLETION OF TASK)

DIRECTION TO APPLICANT:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All control room steps shall be performed for this JPM, including any required communications. I will provide initiating cues and reports on other actions when directed by you. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 has experienced a loss of all AC power to 2ETB.
2. The reason for the loss of AC power has been corrected.
3. 2ETB load shed is complete.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The control room has instructed you to energize 2ETB from 2B DIG by performing AP121AI5500!007 (Loss of Normal Power) Enclosure 11.
2. Peer checks have been waived for this task.

CNS LOSS OF NORMAL POWER PAGE NO.

API21A155001007 100 0t 158 Enclosure 11 Page 1 of 2

-

Energizing 2ETB From DIG Revision 58

1. Obtain the following:

. Key #757 (2A12B DIG Test Start Switch) from WCC Key Locker

. Flashlight.

2. Do not continue in this enclosure until notified that load shed of 2ETB is complete.
3. Locally start DIG 2B as follows:
a. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MC1 1 in the LOCAL position.
b. IF unable to transfer diesel to Local Control, THEN actuate the CONTROL ROOM OVERRIDE at the breakglass station on 2DGCPB.
c. Place the key in the MANUAL TEST START keyswitch and turn to the START position.
d. Ensure SPEED CONTROL is adjusted to obtain frequency of between 58.8 and 61.2 Hz.
e. Ensure VOLTAGE CONTROL is adjusted to obtain DIG VOLTAGE between 4160 and 4600 Volts.
4. WHEN the D/G is running, THEN close DIESEL GENERATOR 2B breaker.
5. IF DIG breaker will not close, THEN:
a. Stop DIG 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.
b. Coordinate the following with the Control Room Supervisor:

. Inform Control Room Supervisor of D/G 2B status

. Inform Control Room Supervisor of intention to perform Enclosure 19 (DIG 2B Manual Breaker Closure)

. IF manpower available, THEN arrange for additional operator(s) to staff the diesel panel.

c. GO TO Enclosure 19 (DIG 2B Manual Breaker Closure).
d. Do not continue in this enclosure.

CNS API2!N55001007 LOSS OF NORMAL POWER I PAGE NO.

101 of 1581 I

Enclosure 11 Page 2 of 2 Revision 581

-

Energizing 2ETB From DIG

(

I

\

6. Close the following essential load center normal incoming breakers:

. 2ELXB-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed From Xfmr 2ETXB) (AB-560, AA-67, Rm 362)

  • 2ELXD-4B (Normal Incoming Breaker Fed from Xfmr 2ETXD) (AB-560, AA-68, Rm 362).
7. Ensure RN flow through the KD Hx as follows:
a. Verify 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Isol) (D2B-567, AA-76) OPEN.

-

b. I 2RN-292B (2B DIG Hx Inlet Iso!) does not open, THEN perform the following:
1) Open 2EMXF-FO1A (2B Diesel Generator Hx Inlet Isol Motor (2RN292B)) (D2B-556, CC-75).
2) Manually open 2RN-292B (2B D/G Hx Inlet Isol).
8. IF RN flow cannot be established, THEN:
a. Stop D/G 2B by depressing STOP on 2DECPB.
b. Notify the Control Room Supervisor of status.
c. Return this enclosure to the Control Room Supervisor.
9. Notify Control Room Operator to place the DIG 2B CTRL LOCATION switch on 2MCI I in the CTRL-RM position.
10. Close 2VN-2 (2B DIG Exhaust Silencer Drain) (DB-557, BB-73).
11. Ensure the following:
  • LO PUMP & HEATER indicating light OFF

-

  • JW PUMP & HEATER indication light OFF -

. DIESEL BLDG GEN VENT FAN 2B1 ON -

  • DIESEL BLDG GEN VENT FAN 2B2 ON. -
12. Monitor DIG operating parameters.

(V